CA2616942A1 - Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image - Google Patents
Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2616942A1 CA2616942A1 CA002616942A CA2616942A CA2616942A1 CA 2616942 A1 CA2616942 A1 CA 2616942A1 CA 002616942 A CA002616942 A CA 002616942A CA 2616942 A CA2616942 A CA 2616942A CA 2616942 A1 CA2616942 A1 CA 2616942A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- group
- ink
- image
- substituted
- dye
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 220
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 60
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 121
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 62
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 title abstract description 43
- -1 azo compound Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 283
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 177
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 81
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 110
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 104
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 99
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 91
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 83
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 82
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 61
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 36
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 173
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 abstract description 42
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 40
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 abstract description 18
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 abstract description 18
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 18
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 269
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 230
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 126
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 86
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 81
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 73
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 56
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 47
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 42
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 42
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 39
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 34
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 33
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 32
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 30
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 30
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 28
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 25
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 24
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- 238000004770 highest occupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 23
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 23
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 23
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 20
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 18
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 16
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 15
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 14
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 125000005162 aryl oxy carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- RXQNKKRGJJRMKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-methylaniline Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1N RXQNKKRGJJRMKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000004656 alkyl sulfonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000004657 aryl sulfonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 12
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical group C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000005284 basis set Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 150000003839 salts Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 10
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000004149 thio group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 10
- 101100059612 Caenorhabditis elegans ceh-17 gene Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 9
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000004057 DFT-B3LYP calculation Methods 0.000 description 8
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920001131 Pulp (paper) Polymers 0.000 description 8
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 8
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 8
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nitrite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]N=O LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 7
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 7
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000012463 white pigment Substances 0.000 description 7
- LRMSQVBRUNSOJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F LRMSQVBRUNSOJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NECRQCBKTGZNMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethylhex-1-yn-3-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)(O)C#C NECRQCBKTGZNMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004768 lowest unoccupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003115 supporting electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 6
- MXVMODFDROLTFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO MXVMODFDROLTFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101100219315 Arabidopsis thaliana CYP83A1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101100269674 Mus musculus Alyref2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101100140580 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) REF2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 5
- 150000004780 naphthols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 5
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 5
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000004867 thiadiazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 4
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- CYCIDKHJBSFNAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-5-tert-butyl-1h-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=NNC(N)=C1C#N CYCIDKHJBSFNAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101000806846 Homo sapiens DNA-(apurinic or apyrimidinic site) endonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000835083 Homo sapiens Tissue factor pathway inhibitor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100026134 Tissue factor pathway inhibitor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101100020289 Xenopus laevis koza gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 150000001602 bicycloalkyls Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000019329 dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- YHAIUSTWZPMYGG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2,2-dioctyl-3-sulfobutanedioate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].CCCCCCCCC(C([O-])=O)(C(C([O-])=O)S(O)(=O)=O)CCCCCCCC YHAIUSTWZPMYGG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007641 inkjet printing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000004219 molecular orbital method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000005328 phosphinyl group Chemical group [PH2](=O)* 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000003077 quantum chemistry computational method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001454 recorded image Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 4
- 235000010288 sodium nitrite Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960000819 sodium nitrite Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- YGTAZGSLCXNBQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-thiadiazole Chemical group C=1N=CSN=1 YGTAZGSLCXNBQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSNIZNHTOVFARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzothiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=NSC2=C1 CSNIZNHTOVFARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MBIZXFATKUQOOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4-thiadiazole Chemical group C1=NN=CS1 MBIZXFATKUQOOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000355 1,3-benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004182 2-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 3
- XGIXZLGQLIKNQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC(C)=C(C#N)C(NC=2C=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=2)=N1 XGIXZLGQLIKNQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100020870 La-related protein 6 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108050008265 La-related protein 6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 3
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002421 anti-septic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940064004 antiseptic throat preparations Drugs 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004776 molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000004812 organic fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical group O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910002029 synthetic silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- WGKKGKPBJJTCMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-(5-amino-3-phenyl-2h-triazol-1-yl)acetate Chemical compound C1=C(N)N(CC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 WGKKGKPBJJTCMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000004078 waterproofing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001043 yellow dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- CYSGHNMQYZDMIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Dimethyl-2-imidazolidinon Chemical compound CN1CCN(C)C1=O CYSGHNMQYZDMIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethylmorpholine Chemical compound CCN1CCOCC1 HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NZNUPRYXKLOBGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)pyridine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC(C)=C(C(N)=O)C(NC=2C=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=2)=N1 NZNUPRYXKLOBGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWNKCJFMLWDALC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2-n,6-n-bis(4-octylphenyl)pyridine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC(C)=CC(NC=2C=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=2)=N1 TWNKCJFMLWDALC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PJQFZPWSFDVYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-amino-3-methyl-1,2-thiazole-4-carbonitrile Chemical compound CC1=NSC(N)=C1C#N PJQFZPWSFDVYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002972 Acrylic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003775 Density Functional Theory Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004129 EU approved improving agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000177 Indigofera tinctoria Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002174 Styrene-butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GLLRIXZGBQOFLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xanthorin Natural products C1=C(C)C=C2C(=O)C3=C(O)C(OC)=CC(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1O GLLRIXZGBQOFLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FMRLDPWIRHBCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Zinc carbonate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]C([O-])=O FMRLDPWIRHBCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000005083 Zinc sulfide Substances 0.000 description 2
- YKTSYUJCYHOUJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O--].[Al+3].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] Chemical compound [O--].[Al+3].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] YKTSYUJCYHOUJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001000 anthraquinone dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- DMSMPAJRVJJAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[d]isothiazol-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NSC2=C1 DMSMPAJRVJJAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001231 benzoyloxy group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006367 bivalent amino carbonyl group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])C([*:2])=O 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000378 calcium silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052918 calcium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium;dioxido(oxo)silane Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-][Si]([O-])=O OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 2
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diacetone alcohol Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006193 diazotization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZOMNIUBKTOKEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-L dimercury dichloride Chemical class Cl[Hg][Hg]Cl ZOMNIUBKTOKEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002848 electrochemical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005518 electrochemistry Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOEAUJGQGFCKCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-(2-amino-4,5-dicyanoimidazol-1-yl)acetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CN1C(N)=NC(C#N)=C1C#N NOEAUJGQGFCKCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Natural products COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006081 fluorescent whitening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005283 ground state Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940097275 indigo Drugs 0.000 description 2
- COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N indigo powder Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1=C1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2N1 COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001023 inorganic pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- OWFXIOWLTKNBAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamyl nitrite Chemical compound CC(C)CCON=O OWFXIOWLTKNBAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZADYMNAVLSWLEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-);silicon(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Mg+2].[Si+4] ZADYMNAVLSWLEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 2
- PLDDOISOJJCEMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nd+3].[Nd+3] PLDDOISOJJCEMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000005416 organic matter Substances 0.000 description 2
- IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108091008695 photoreceptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000001007 phthalocyanine dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003969 polarography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001228 polyisocyanate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005056 polyisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- BAZAXWOYCMUHIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium perchlorate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O BAZAXWOYCMUHIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910001488 sodium perchlorate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011115 styrene butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- YODZTKMDCQEPHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiodiglycol Chemical compound OCCSCCO YODZTKMDCQEPHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229950006389 thiodiglycol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M thionine Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011667 zinc carbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000004416 zinc carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000010 zinc carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc sulfate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960001763 zinc sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910000368 zinc sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052984 zinc sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;sulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[Zn+2] DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical group C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,6-Hexanetriol Chemical compound OCCCCC(O)CO ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTTZISZSHSCFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)benzene Chemical compound O=C=NCC1=CC=CC(CN=C=O)=C1 RTTZISZSHSCFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005208 1,4-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RWNUSVWFHDHRCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCOCC(C)O RWNUSVWFHDHRCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLNPJWYSCKUGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxypyridine-2-thione;sodium Chemical compound [Na].ON1C=CC=CC1=S DLNPJWYSCKUGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUXXCHAGQCBNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-n,1-n,2-n,2-n-tetramethylpropane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)CN(C)C JUXXCHAGQCBNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001917 2,4-dinitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C(=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- SBASXUCJHJRPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound COCCOCCO SBASXUCJHJRPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZXIZTKNFFYFOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Oxazolidone Chemical compound O=C1NCCO1 IZXIZTKNFFYFOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COBPKKZHLDDMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCOCCOCCO COBPKKZHLDDMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFSMVVDJSNMRAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOCCO WFSMVVDJSNMRAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTXMVXSTHSMVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyloxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCOC(C)=O JTXMVXSTHSMVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSQLQMLFTHJVKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1,3-benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(Cl)=NC2=C1 BSQLQMLFTHJVKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001340 2-chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(C)CO QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=N1 BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- IPFDTWHBEBJTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-acridin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C(=O)CC=CC3=NC2=C1 IPFDTWHBEBJTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCAHUFWKIQLBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-methoxypropoxy)propan-1-ol Chemical compound COCCCOCCCO QCAHUFWKIQLBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004179 3-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(Cl)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- PEOFTKOVYVXAMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2,6-bis(2,4,6-trimethylanilino)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1NC1=CC(C)=C(C#N)C(NC=2C(=CC(C)=CC=2C)C)=N1 PEOFTKOVYVXAMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWRHSNKTSSIMGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethylsulfanyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine Chemical compound CCSC1=NN=C(N)S1 VWRHSNKTSSIMGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100231515 Caenorhabditis elegans ceh-13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003043 Cellulose fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100035861 Cytosolic 5'-nucleotidase 1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000881985 Escherichia phage T5 Probable exonuclease subunit 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003078 Hartree-Fock method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101000802744 Homo sapiens Cytosolic 5'-nucleotidase 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKNUHUCEWALCOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethyldiethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CC)CCO AKNUHUCEWALCOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192627 Naphthoquinone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004288 Sodium dehydroacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BCKXLBQYZLBQEK-KVVVOXFISA-M Sodium oleate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O BCKXLBQYZLBQEK-KVVVOXFISA-M 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical group C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiane Chemical group C1CCSCC1 YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000933336 Ziziphus rignonii Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000999 acridine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VXAUWWUXCIMFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M aluminum;oxygen(2-);hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[O-2].[Al+3] VXAUWWUXCIMFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HPTYUNKZVDYXLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum;trihydroxy(trihydroxysilyloxy)silane;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Al].[Al].O[Si](O)(O)O[Si](O)(O)O HPTYUNKZVDYXLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004658 aryl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005199 aryl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azobenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L azure blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[S-]S[S-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical class N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KYNFOMQIXZUKRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bishydroxyethyldisulfide Natural products OCCSSCCO KYNFOMQIXZUKRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005282 brightening Methods 0.000 description 1
- QHIWVLPBUQWDMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl prop-2-enoate;methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.COC(=O)C(C)=C.CCCCOC(=O)C=C QHIWVLPBUQWDMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTJUKNSKBAOEHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N calixarene Chemical group COC(=O)COC1=C(CC=2C(=C(CC=3C(=C(C4)C=C(C=3)C(C)(C)C)OCC(=O)OC)C=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)OCC(=O)OC)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1CC1=C(OCC(=O)OC)C4=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 VTJUKNSKBAOEHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005626 carbonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003090 carboxymethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001767 cationic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001851 cinnamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011437 continuous method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940118056 cresol / formaldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000664 diazo group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940028356 diethylene glycol monobutyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GQOKIYDTHHZSCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyl-bis(prop-2-enyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=CC[N+](C)(C)CC=C GQOKIYDTHHZSCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052571 earthenware Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006627 ethoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NCCMCRFYSZRBBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 5-amino-4-cyano-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=1SC(N)=C(C#N)C=1C NCCMCRFYSZRBBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004403 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010228 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043351 ethyl-p-hydroxybenzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylparaben Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006125 ethylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 1
- NVVZQXQBYZPMLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N formaldehyde;naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C.C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 NVVZQXQBYZPMLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002350 geranyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])/C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[H])/C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052621 halloysite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- TZMQHOJDDMFGQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,1,1-triol Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)(O)O TZMQHOJDDMFGQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACCCMOQWYVYDOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)O ACCCMOQWYVYDOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002468 indanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910001411 inorganic cation Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical group C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002605 large molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940031958 magnesium carbonate hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000391 magnesium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052919 magnesium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019792 magnesium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006224 matting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- LVWZTYCIRDMTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N metamizole Chemical compound O=C1C(N(CS(O)(=O)=O)C)=C(C)N(C)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 LVWZTYCIRDMTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- CRVGTESFCCXCTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(C)CCO CRVGTESFCCXCTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006216 methylsulfinyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004200 microcrystalline wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019808 microcrystalline wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- REOJLIXKJWXUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N mofebutazone Chemical group O=C1C(CCCC)C(=O)NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 REOJLIXKJWXUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJDUTMFFZHIJEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl)-4-[4-[[4-[4-[(9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl)carbamoyl]phenyl]phenyl]diazenyl]phenyl]benzamide Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2NC(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(C=C1)=CC=C1N=NC(C=C1)=CC=C1C(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O AJDUTMFFZHIJEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002791 naphthoquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002815 nickel Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001005 nitro dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001006 nitroso dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NOPZJEGEHWRZSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecyl formate Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC=O NOPZJEGEHWRZSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001117 oleyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000006259 organic additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012860 organic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical group C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)C1 JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- UWJJYHHHVWZFEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(O)O UWJJYHHHVWZFEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001083 polybutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940088417 precipitated calcium carbonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011164 primary particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006410 propenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JEXVQSWXXUJEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazol-3-one Chemical compound O=C1C=CN=N1 JEXVQSWXXUJEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005412 pyrazyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VTGOHKSTWXHQJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidin-2-ol Chemical group OC1=NC=CC=N1 VTGOHKSTWXHQJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000246 pyrimidin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC(*)=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- QEIQICVPDMCDHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[2,3-d]triazole Chemical compound N1=NC2=CC=NC2=N1 QEIQICVPDMCDHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019259 sodium dehydroacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940079839 sodium dehydroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DSOWAKKSGYUMTF-GZOLSCHFSA-M sodium;(1e)-1-(6-methyl-2,4-dioxopyran-3-ylidene)ethanolate Chemical compound [Na+].C\C([O-])=C1/C(=O)OC(C)=CC1=O DSOWAKKSGYUMTF-GZOLSCHFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003696 stearoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003335 steric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000967 suction filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000213 sulfino group Chemical group [H]OS(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- MBDNRNMVTZADMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolene Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CC=CC1 MBDNRNMVTZADMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003459 sulfonic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoroethene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)F BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N thioindigo Chemical compound S\1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C/1=C1/C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001428 transition metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000411 transmission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLGLQAWTXXGVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol monomethyl ether Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCO JLGLQAWTXXGVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001018 xanthene dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000859 α-Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)
- Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)
Abstract
A coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye having an aromatic nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic ring as a coupling component,a coloring composition which comprises an azo compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1. 0 V vs . SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water, and a method for improving ozone resistance of a color image, the method comprising using a compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V
vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower.
vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower.
Description
DESCRIPTION
COLORING COMPOSITION FOR IMAGE FORMATION AND METHOD
FOR IMPROVING OZONE RESISTANCE OF COLOR IMAGE
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to a coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye having specific physical properties and a specific structure and its applications-,. such as an ink-jet ink composition (ink composition for ink-jet recording), an ink jet recording method, a thermal transfer recording material, a color toner, a color filter and a method of improving ozone resistance.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Color image forming materials have come to prevail over black-and-white image forming materials. They have found wide applications, such as ink jet recording materials, thermal transfer recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing inks, recording pens, and color filters in soli'd-state image sensors, such as charge coupled devices (CCDs), and in displays, such as liquid crystal displays (LCDs) and plasma display panels (PDPs).
These color image recording materials and color filters use colorants (dyes and pigments) of additive or subtractive' primaries to implement full color reproduction or recording.
Nevertheless, colorants having absorption characteristics suitable for favor.able color reproduction and fastness against various conditions of use or environmental conditions are not available for the time being.
Ink jet recording has been popularized rapidly and will see further development because of low material cost, high speed, low noise, and ease of color recording.
Fundamentally, ink jet recording is divided into a continuous method in which ink droplets are continuously allowed to fly and a drop-on-demand method in which ink droplets are made to fly upon image information signals. The mechanism of drop formation includes a piezoelectric system in which pressure is applied to inkby a piezoelectric element to eject ink droplets, a thermal system in which an air bubble is generated by heat to eject ink droplets, an acoustic system, and an electrostatic system in which ink droplets are sucked or ejected by an electrostatic force. Ink-jet inks include aqueous ink, oily ink, and solid ink (melting type).
Colorants used in ink-jet inks are required to have (1) good solubility or dispersibility in ink solvents, (2) capability of forming a high-density image, (3) satisfactory hues, (4) color fastness against light, heat, active gases in the environment (e.g., NOX, oxidizing gases such as ozone, SOX, etc.), (5) resistance against water or chemicals, (6) good fixability on media with minimized feathering, (7) stability in ink formulations, (8) nontoxicity, (9) high purity, and (10) inexpensiveness. It is extremely difficult to obtain colorants meeting all these requirements. It has been particularly desired to develop colorants which have a favorable magenta hue and are fast to light, humidity, heat, and oxidizing gases in the environment, such as ozone. Oxidizing gas resistance is of special concern where an image is formed on a medium having an ink-receptive layer containing porous white inorganic pigment particles.
Color copiers and color laser printers making use of an elect rophotographic system usually employ color toners having a dye or a pigment as a colorant dispersed in a resin binder.
Color toners are required to have absorption characteristics suitable for favorable color reproduction, high light transmission (transparency) particularly for use in an overhead projector (OHP), and color fastness against various environmental conditions of use. Toners comprising a pigment dispersed in particles are disclosed in JP-A-62-157051 (the term "JP-A" as used herein means an "unexamined published Japanese patent application"), JP-A-62-255956, and JP-A-6-118715. While excellentinlight- fastness,thesetoners, being insoluble, agglomerate easily, which can cause reduction in transparency or change in hue of transmitted light. Toners comprising a dye are disclosed in JP-A-3-276161, JP-A-7-209912, and JP-A-8-123085. Although they have high transparency and do not change in hue, there is a question as to light-fastness.
A thermal transfer recording system has advantages such as a small size which leads to cost reduction, ease of operation and maintenance, and a low running cost. Colorants used in thermal transfer recording are required to have absorption characteristics suitable for favorable color reproduction, balance between thermal transfer properties and post-transfer fixability, heat stability, and color fastness to various factors. None of known colorants satisfies all these requirements. For example, JP-A-60-2398 proposes a thermal transfer recording material and an image formation method in which a thermally diffusing colorant is chelated with a transition metal ion having been added to an image-receiving medium. However, the absorption characteristics of the formed chelated compound are unsatisfactory. Further, use of a transition metal is environmentally problematical.
Color filters, which are required to have high transparency, have been produced by dyeing with dyes. For example, a dyeable photoresist is imagewise exposed to light and developed to form a pattern for each color and successively dyed with the respective dyes to produce a color filter. Color filters are also produced by using a positive resist as taught in U.S. Patent 4,808,510 and JP-A-6-35182. Color filters produced by using dyes exhibit excellent optical characteristics with high light transmission but have limited resistance to light and heat. Dyes having various resistance properties as well as high transparency have therefore been demanded.
On the other hand, methods of producing color filters by using organic pigments resistant to light and heat instead of dyes are widely known but have difficulty in achieving such optical characteristics as with dyes.
The properties required, in common, of colorants used in the above applications are (1) absorption characteristics suitable for color reproduction, (2) color fastness against various environmental conditions of use, such as fastness to light, heat, humidity, oxidizing gases such as ozone, and chemicals such as sulfurous acid gas, and (3) a large molar absorptivity.
Coupling components that have been widely used for azo dyes include phenols, naphthols, and anilines.
JP-A-11-209673 and Japanese Patent 3020660 disclose azo dyes obtained by using these coupling components, which have satisfactory hues but poor light fastness. Lately, Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-220649 proposed dyes with satisfactory hues and improved light fastness. However, all the colorants known by the literature are extremely unsatisfactory in fastness to oxidizing gases such as ozone.
In seeking for colorants with satisfactory resistance to oxidizing gases such as ozone, the present inventors have arrived at the idea of using a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound as a coupling component, dropping the idea of using the conventional coupling components such as phenols, naphthols, and anilines. Patent applications relevant to azo dyes comprising a pyridine coupling component or a pyrazine coupling component include JP-A-49-74718, EP23309, and DE 2513949, DE
2832020, andDE2525505. At thetime offiling these applications it was unknown that these dyes are applicable to image formation by ink jet recording and the like; moreover the azo dyes disclosed in these publications have insufficient fastness to light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment and also insufficient hues as magenta dyes.
COLORING COMPOSITION FOR IMAGE FORMATION AND METHOD
FOR IMPROVING OZONE RESISTANCE OF COLOR IMAGE
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to a coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye having specific physical properties and a specific structure and its applications-,. such as an ink-jet ink composition (ink composition for ink-jet recording), an ink jet recording method, a thermal transfer recording material, a color toner, a color filter and a method of improving ozone resistance.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Color image forming materials have come to prevail over black-and-white image forming materials. They have found wide applications, such as ink jet recording materials, thermal transfer recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing inks, recording pens, and color filters in soli'd-state image sensors, such as charge coupled devices (CCDs), and in displays, such as liquid crystal displays (LCDs) and plasma display panels (PDPs).
These color image recording materials and color filters use colorants (dyes and pigments) of additive or subtractive' primaries to implement full color reproduction or recording.
Nevertheless, colorants having absorption characteristics suitable for favor.able color reproduction and fastness against various conditions of use or environmental conditions are not available for the time being.
Ink jet recording has been popularized rapidly and will see further development because of low material cost, high speed, low noise, and ease of color recording.
Fundamentally, ink jet recording is divided into a continuous method in which ink droplets are continuously allowed to fly and a drop-on-demand method in which ink droplets are made to fly upon image information signals. The mechanism of drop formation includes a piezoelectric system in which pressure is applied to inkby a piezoelectric element to eject ink droplets, a thermal system in which an air bubble is generated by heat to eject ink droplets, an acoustic system, and an electrostatic system in which ink droplets are sucked or ejected by an electrostatic force. Ink-jet inks include aqueous ink, oily ink, and solid ink (melting type).
Colorants used in ink-jet inks are required to have (1) good solubility or dispersibility in ink solvents, (2) capability of forming a high-density image, (3) satisfactory hues, (4) color fastness against light, heat, active gases in the environment (e.g., NOX, oxidizing gases such as ozone, SOX, etc.), (5) resistance against water or chemicals, (6) good fixability on media with minimized feathering, (7) stability in ink formulations, (8) nontoxicity, (9) high purity, and (10) inexpensiveness. It is extremely difficult to obtain colorants meeting all these requirements. It has been particularly desired to develop colorants which have a favorable magenta hue and are fast to light, humidity, heat, and oxidizing gases in the environment, such as ozone. Oxidizing gas resistance is of special concern where an image is formed on a medium having an ink-receptive layer containing porous white inorganic pigment particles.
Color copiers and color laser printers making use of an elect rophotographic system usually employ color toners having a dye or a pigment as a colorant dispersed in a resin binder.
Color toners are required to have absorption characteristics suitable for favorable color reproduction, high light transmission (transparency) particularly for use in an overhead projector (OHP), and color fastness against various environmental conditions of use. Toners comprising a pigment dispersed in particles are disclosed in JP-A-62-157051 (the term "JP-A" as used herein means an "unexamined published Japanese patent application"), JP-A-62-255956, and JP-A-6-118715. While excellentinlight- fastness,thesetoners, being insoluble, agglomerate easily, which can cause reduction in transparency or change in hue of transmitted light. Toners comprising a dye are disclosed in JP-A-3-276161, JP-A-7-209912, and JP-A-8-123085. Although they have high transparency and do not change in hue, there is a question as to light-fastness.
A thermal transfer recording system has advantages such as a small size which leads to cost reduction, ease of operation and maintenance, and a low running cost. Colorants used in thermal transfer recording are required to have absorption characteristics suitable for favorable color reproduction, balance between thermal transfer properties and post-transfer fixability, heat stability, and color fastness to various factors. None of known colorants satisfies all these requirements. For example, JP-A-60-2398 proposes a thermal transfer recording material and an image formation method in which a thermally diffusing colorant is chelated with a transition metal ion having been added to an image-receiving medium. However, the absorption characteristics of the formed chelated compound are unsatisfactory. Further, use of a transition metal is environmentally problematical.
Color filters, which are required to have high transparency, have been produced by dyeing with dyes. For example, a dyeable photoresist is imagewise exposed to light and developed to form a pattern for each color and successively dyed with the respective dyes to produce a color filter. Color filters are also produced by using a positive resist as taught in U.S. Patent 4,808,510 and JP-A-6-35182. Color filters produced by using dyes exhibit excellent optical characteristics with high light transmission but have limited resistance to light and heat. Dyes having various resistance properties as well as high transparency have therefore been demanded.
On the other hand, methods of producing color filters by using organic pigments resistant to light and heat instead of dyes are widely known but have difficulty in achieving such optical characteristics as with dyes.
The properties required, in common, of colorants used in the above applications are (1) absorption characteristics suitable for color reproduction, (2) color fastness against various environmental conditions of use, such as fastness to light, heat, humidity, oxidizing gases such as ozone, and chemicals such as sulfurous acid gas, and (3) a large molar absorptivity.
Coupling components that have been widely used for azo dyes include phenols, naphthols, and anilines.
JP-A-11-209673 and Japanese Patent 3020660 disclose azo dyes obtained by using these coupling components, which have satisfactory hues but poor light fastness. Lately, Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-220649 proposed dyes with satisfactory hues and improved light fastness. However, all the colorants known by the literature are extremely unsatisfactory in fastness to oxidizing gases such as ozone.
In seeking for colorants with satisfactory resistance to oxidizing gases such as ozone, the present inventors have arrived at the idea of using a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound as a coupling component, dropping the idea of using the conventional coupling components such as phenols, naphthols, and anilines. Patent applications relevant to azo dyes comprising a pyridine coupling component or a pyrazine coupling component include JP-A-49-74718, EP23309, and DE 2513949, DE
2832020, andDE2525505. At thetime offiling these applications it was unknown that these dyes are applicable to image formation by ink jet recording and the like; moreover the azo dyes disclosed in these publications have insufficient fastness to light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment and also insufficient hues as magenta dyes.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
According to the present invention, there is provided a coloring composition which comprises an azo compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
According to the present invention, there is provided a coloring composition which comprises an azo compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
Disclosed herein are the materials and process described in the following items (1) to (20).
A symbol " RX " as used herein is not as same as a symbol "RX' wherein X represents an integer.
A symbol " Z" " as used herein is not as same as a symbol "Zn" wherein n represents an integer.
(1) A coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye having an aromatic nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic ring as a coupling component.
(2) A coloring composition which comprises an azo compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs.
SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
(3) A method for improving ozone resistance of a color image, the method comprising using a compound havingan oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower.
(4) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (1):
B2= B1 / R5 A-N=N ~\ /-N~ 6 (1) N R
G
wherein A represents a residue of a 5-membered heterocyclic diazo component A-NH2; B1 and B2 represent -CR'= and -CR2=, respectively, or either one of B1 and B2 represents a nitrogen atom with the other representing -CR1= or -CR2=; R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group, provided that R5 and R6 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously, wherein each group may have a substituent; and G, R1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl grotip or a heterocyclic group, an acylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group or a heterocyclic thio group, wherein each group may have a substituent; or R 5 may be connected to R1 or R6 to form a 5-or 6-membered ring.
(5) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) or (2) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (2):
Z2 Zi N~ N N- N N (2) N R s - \
wherein Z1 represents an electron-attracting group having a Hammett's substituent constant op value of 0.20 or greater;
z 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group; Rl, RZ, R5, and R6 are as defined in claim 1; R3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group;
and Q represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group; wherein each group as represented by Z1, Z2, Rl, R2, R3, R9, R5, R6, and Q may have a substituent.
(6) A coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye represented by formula (AZ-1):
NN
H1N2 (AZ-1) M
wherein ring J, ring L, and ring M each independently represent a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring; 1, 2, 3, and 4 are numbers specifying four atoms; and the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 defined by the numbered four atoms ranges between 45 and 135 in the energically most stable steric structure determined by quantum chemistry calculation by the DFT/B3LYP method with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher basis set.
(7) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (6) above, whereir, the azo dye is represented by formula (AZ-2):
J N:N ' L
20. H'N21 T
4 (AZ-2) U y A'I
wherein ring J, ring L, ring M, ring T, and ring U each independently represent a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring; 1, 2, 3, and 4 are numbers specifying four atoms; and the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 defined by the numbered four atoms ranges between 45 and 135 in the energically most stable steric structure determined by quantum chemistry calculation by the DFT/B3LYP
method with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher basis set.
(8) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (7) above, wherein ring U is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring; ring T is a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring or an oxazole ring; ring U and ring T are condensed with each other; ring J is a substituted or unsubstitutedpyrazole ring, a substituted or unsubstituted imidazole ring, a substituted or unsubstituted triazole ring, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidone ring; ring L is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine ring or a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazole ring; and ring M is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
(9) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (6) or (7) above, wherein the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 ranges between 60 and 120 .
A symbol " RX " as used herein is not as same as a symbol "RX' wherein X represents an integer.
A symbol " Z" " as used herein is not as same as a symbol "Zn" wherein n represents an integer.
(1) A coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye having an aromatic nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic ring as a coupling component.
(2) A coloring composition which comprises an azo compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs.
SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
(3) A method for improving ozone resistance of a color image, the method comprising using a compound havingan oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower.
(4) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (1):
B2= B1 / R5 A-N=N ~\ /-N~ 6 (1) N R
G
wherein A represents a residue of a 5-membered heterocyclic diazo component A-NH2; B1 and B2 represent -CR'= and -CR2=, respectively, or either one of B1 and B2 represents a nitrogen atom with the other representing -CR1= or -CR2=; R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group, provided that R5 and R6 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously, wherein each group may have a substituent; and G, R1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl grotip or a heterocyclic group, an acylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group or a heterocyclic thio group, wherein each group may have a substituent; or R 5 may be connected to R1 or R6 to form a 5-or 6-membered ring.
(5) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) or (2) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (2):
Z2 Zi N~ N N- N N (2) N R s - \
wherein Z1 represents an electron-attracting group having a Hammett's substituent constant op value of 0.20 or greater;
z 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group; Rl, RZ, R5, and R6 are as defined in claim 1; R3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group;
and Q represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group; wherein each group as represented by Z1, Z2, Rl, R2, R3, R9, R5, R6, and Q may have a substituent.
(6) A coloring composition for image formation comprising an azo dye represented by formula (AZ-1):
NN
H1N2 (AZ-1) M
wherein ring J, ring L, and ring M each independently represent a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring; 1, 2, 3, and 4 are numbers specifying four atoms; and the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 defined by the numbered four atoms ranges between 45 and 135 in the energically most stable steric structure determined by quantum chemistry calculation by the DFT/B3LYP method with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher basis set.
(7) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (6) above, whereir, the azo dye is represented by formula (AZ-2):
J N:N ' L
20. H'N21 T
4 (AZ-2) U y A'I
wherein ring J, ring L, ring M, ring T, and ring U each independently represent a 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring; 1, 2, 3, and 4 are numbers specifying four atoms; and the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 defined by the numbered four atoms ranges between 45 and 135 in the energically most stable steric structure determined by quantum chemistry calculation by the DFT/B3LYP
method with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher basis set.
(8) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (7) above, wherein ring U is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring; ring T is a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring or an oxazole ring; ring U and ring T are condensed with each other; ring J is a substituted or unsubstitutedpyrazole ring, a substituted or unsubstituted imidazole ring, a substituted or unsubstituted triazole ring, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidone ring; ring L is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine ring or a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazole ring; and ring M is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
(9) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (6) or (7) above, wherein the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 ranges between 60 and 120 .
(10) An ink-jet ink composition, a thermal transfer recording material, a color toner or a color filter comprising .25 a coloring composition as described in any one of items (4) to (9) above.
(11) An ink jet recording method comprising forming an image with an ink-jet ink composition as described in item (10) above on an image-receiving medium having a substrate and an ink-receptive layer containing inorganic white pigment particles formed on the substrate.
(12) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (3):
Z X AI-Az R4 }-N-N ~-N
.,_Y_N _N R3 RZ-N (3) wherein Z represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom, the nitrogen atom, X, and Y; X represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a carbon atom; Y represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a carbon atom provided that Y is not a nitrogen atom when X is a carbon atom; Al and A2 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that Al andA2 do not simultaneously represent a nitrogen atom and that A2 does not have a nitro group as a substituent;
and R1i R2, R3, and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent, provided that R1 and R2 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously and that R3 and R4 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
(13) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (4): _ Zy ''. Alt-At2 / R14 Sl-N=N \}--Nt N R13 (4) R12-N' Ril wherein Z1 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom; Ali and A12 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that A11 and A12 do not represent a nitrogen atom simultaneously;
and Rll, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent, provided that at least one of Rll and R12 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group and that R13 and R14 do not represent a hydrogen" atom simultaneously.
Z X AI-Az R4 }-N-N ~-N
.,_Y_N _N R3 RZ-N (3) wherein Z represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom, the nitrogen atom, X, and Y; X represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a carbon atom; Y represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a carbon atom provided that Y is not a nitrogen atom when X is a carbon atom; Al and A2 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that Al andA2 do not simultaneously represent a nitrogen atom and that A2 does not have a nitro group as a substituent;
and R1i R2, R3, and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent, provided that R1 and R2 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously and that R3 and R4 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
(13) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (4): _ Zy ''. Alt-At2 / R14 Sl-N=N \}--Nt N R13 (4) R12-N' Ril wherein Z1 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom; Ali and A12 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that A11 and A12 do not represent a nitrogen atom simultaneously;
and Rll, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent, provided that at least one of Rll and R12 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group and that R13 and R14 do not represent a hydrogen" atom simultaneously.
(14) The coloring composition for image formation as described in iteni (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (5):
R24 (5) r-N=N N
N \R23 H-N
wherein Z2 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom; R21 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R23 and R24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent; and R25 and R26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
R24 (5) r-N=N N
N \R23 H-N
wherein Z2 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom; R21 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R23 and R24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent; and R25 and R26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
(15) The coloring composition for image formation as described in item (1) above, wherein the azo dye is represented by formula (6) :
R35 R3g R
?3 /--N=N ~ ~ N
- N
R33 (6) H-N
~
wherein Z3 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom; R31 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R33 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group; and R35 and R36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
R35 R3g R
?3 /--N=N ~ ~ N
- N
R33 (6) H-N
~
wherein Z3 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom; R31 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R33 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group; and R35 and R36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
(16) The coloring composition as described in item (2) above, wherein the azo compound is represented by formula Het (A5) -N=N-Het (B5) (5-I) wherein Het(A5) represents a substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; and.Het(B5) represents a heterocyclic ring represented by formula (5-11):
R54 Rs5 /
~1-As2 R 56 N
'N ~R57 (5-II) 'R5s wherein A51 and A52 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that they do not represent a nitrogen atom simultaneously; R 54 and R 55 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, ahalogen16 atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydroxyl group;
R561 R57, R58, and R59 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group;
provided that formula (5-I) has at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
R54 Rs5 /
~1-As2 R 56 N
'N ~R57 (5-II) 'R5s wherein A51 and A52 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that they do not represent a nitrogen atom simultaneously; R 54 and R 55 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, ahalogen16 atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydroxyl group;
R561 R57, R58, and R59 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group;
provided that formula (5-I) has at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
(17) Anink-jet ink composition comprising the coloring composition as described in any one of items (1) , (2) and from (4) to (16).
(18) An ink jet recording method comprising ejecting the ink-jet ink composition as described in item (17) above on an image-receiving medium comprising a substrate and an ink-receptive layer comprising inorganic white pigment particles to form an image.
(19) The method for improving ozone resistance of a color image as described in item (3) above, wherein the compound is an azo compound.
(20) The method for improving ozone resistance of a color image as described in item (19) above, wherein the azo compound is represented by formula (7):
A6-N=N-B6 (7) wherein A6 and B6 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group.
A first preferred embodiment of the present invention includes above-described items (1) and (4) to (15).
A second preferred embodiment of the present invention includes above-described item (16).
A third preferred embodiment of the present invention includes above-described items (19) and (20) BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Fig. 1 shows absorption spectra of compound D10 (solid line) and REF1 (dotted line).
Fig. 2 shows absorption spectra of compound D13 (solid line) and REF2 (dotted line).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
First preferred embodiment In formula (1) representing the azo compound which preferably has at least one phosphono group and can be used in the first preferred embodiment of the present invention, A represents a residue of a 5-membered heterocyclic diazo component A-NH2. The hetero atom of the 5-membered hetero ring includes N, 0, and S. The hetero ring as A is preferably a nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring. The hetero ring may have an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring condensed therewith.
The hetero ring as A preferably includes a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, and a benzisothiazole ring, each of which may have a substituent(s). Preferred are a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring represented by formulae (a) to (f), respectively.
(a) (b) R7 R8 Rio R
N N
N s R 12 (d) N-N
--/ N II 1-411 Si_ R 13 S N
(e) R14 Ria R1s R19 N
N / Ris R17 R~
N
wherein R'7 R8 R9 Rlo R11 Rlz R13 Rla Rls R16 R17 Rla R19~
, , , , , , , . , , , , and R20 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent selected from the substituents hereinafter described as G, R1, and Rz.
Of the heterocyclic rings (a) to (f), the pyrazole ring of formula (a) or the isothiazole ring of formula (b) is preferred. The pyrazole ring of formula (a) is particularly preferred.
B1 and B 2 represent -CR'= and -CR2=, respectively, or either one of B1 and B2 represents a nitrogen atom with the other representing -CR'= or -CRz=. B1 and B2 preferably represent -CR'= and -CRz=, respectively.
R 5 and R6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent.
R5 and R6 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, still preferably represent. a hydrogen atom, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, particularly preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Each of the groups recited may have a substituent (s) . R5 and R6 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
G, R1 and R2 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, an acylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group or a sulfo group, wherein each group may have a substituent.
G preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an amino substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, an acylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group or a heterocyclic thio group.
G still preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, or an acylamino group. Particularly preferably G represents a hydrogen atom, an arylamino group or an acylamino group. Each group as G
may have a substituent(s).
R1 and R2 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group. Each of these groups may have a substituent(s).
R5 may be connected to R' or R6 to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
The substituents which may be possessed by A, Rl, R2, R5, R6, and G include the atoms (except a hydrogen atom) and the groups recited above as G, R1, and RZ.
Where an azo compound represented by formula (1) is a water-soluble dye, it is preferred for the compound to have an ionic hydrophilic group on any of A, R1, R2, R5, R6, and G. Suitable ionic hydrophilic groups include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, and a quaternary ammonium group. A carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferred. A sulfo group is particularly preferred. The carboxyl group and the sulfo group may be in a salt form. Suitable counter ions forming the salt include alkali metal ions (e.g., a sodium ion, and a potassium ion) and organic cations (e.g., a tetramethylguanidium ion).
The substituents represented by G, R1, and R2 will be described in more detail.
The halogen atom includes fluorine, chlorine, and bromine.
The term "aliphatic group" includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. The aliphatic group may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure.
The aliphatic group preferably contains 1 to 20, particularly 1 to 16, carbon atoms. The aryl moiety of the aralkyl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, with a phenyl group being still preferred. Suitable examples of the aliphatic group are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, 4-sulfobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, 2-phenethyl, vinyl, and allyl.
The term "aromatic group" is used to include~a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. A phenyl group is still preferred. The aromatic group preferably contains 6 to 20, particularly 6 to 16, carbon atoms. Suitable examples of the aromatic group are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl, m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl.
The term "heterocyclic group" as used herein includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one, which may have an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring condensed therewith. The heterocyclic group is preferably 5- or 6-membered. Suitable substituents on the heterocyclic group include an aliphatic group, a halogen atom, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Suitable examples of the heterocyclic group are 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl, and 2-furyl.
The term "carbamoyl group" includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. Suitable substituents on a carbamoyl group include an alkylgroup. Suitable examples of the carbamoyl group are methylcarbamoyl and dimethylcarbamoyl.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group preferably contains 2 to 12 carbon atoms. An ionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group are methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
The term "aryloxycarbonyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. An aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Suitable substituents on the aryloxycarbonyl group include an ionic hydrophilic group. A phenoxycarbonyl group is an example of the aryloxycarbonyl group.
The term "acyl group" includes a substituted acyl group and an unsubstituted acyl group. An acyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is suitable. An ionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent. Suitable examples of the acyl group include acetyl and benzoyl.
The term "alkoxy group" includes a substituted alkoxy group and an unsubstituted alkoxy group. An alkoxy group containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms is suitable. Suitable substituents on an alkoxy group include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group aremethoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, methoxyethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, and 3-carboxypropoxy.
The term "aryloxy group" means a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group. An aryloxy group containing 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Suitable substituents on the aryloxy group include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group are phenoxy, p-methoxyphenoxy, and o-methoxyphenoxy.
The term "acyloxy group" means a substituted or unsubstituted acyloxy group. An acyloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Suitable substituents for the acyloxy group include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyloxy group are acetoxy and benzoyloxy.
The term "carbamoyloxy group" means a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group. Substituents on the carbamoyloxy group include an alkyl group. Examples of the carbamoyloxy groups include an N-methylcarbamoyloxy group.
The alkyl group, the aryl group or the heterocyclic group of the substituted amino group may further have a substituent. The alkylamino group preferably contains 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Substituents on the alkylamino group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkylamino group are methylamino and diethylamino. The arylamino group preferably contains 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Suitablesubstituents on the arylamino group include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylamino group are anilino and 2-chloroanilino.
The term "acylamino group" includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. An acylamino group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. An ionic hydrophilic group is an example of the substituents on the acylamino group.
Examples of the acylamino group include acetylamino, propionylamino, benzoylamino, N-phenylacetylamino, and 3,5-disulfobenzoylamino.
The term "ureido group" means a substituted or unsubstituted ureido group. A ureido group containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Substituents for the ureido group include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the ureido group are 3-methylureido, 3,3-dimethylureido, and 3-phenylureido.
The term "sulfamoylamino group" denotes a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group. Substituents for the sulfamoylamino group include an alkyl group. The sulfamoylamino group includes an N,N-dipropylsulfamoyl group.
The term "alkoxycarbonylamino group" means a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. An alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Anionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent.
The alkoxycarbonylamino group includes an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
The term "aryloxycarbonylamino group" includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group. An aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Anionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent.
Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.
The term "alkylsulfonylamino group" and the term "arylsulfonylamino group" mean a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, respectively. Those containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferred. Suitable substituents for the alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino groups include methanesulfonylamino, N-phenylmethylsulfonylamino, benzenesulfonylamino, and 3-carboxyphenylsulfonylamino.
The terms "alkylthio group", "arylthio group", and "heterocyclic thio group"denote a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group, respectively. Alkyl-, aryl- or heterocyclic thio groups containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferred. Suitable substituents on these groups include ionic hydrophilic groups.
Examples of the thio groups include methylthio, phenylthio, and 2-pyridylthio.
The terms "alkylsulfonyl group" and "arylsulfonyl group" mean a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, respectively. Examples of these groups are a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group.
The terms "alkylsulfinyl group" and "arylsulfinyl group" denote a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group, such as methanesulfinyl, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group, such as phenylsulfinyl, respectively.
The term "sulfamoyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group. An alkyl group is a suitable substituent. The sulfamoyl group includes dimethylsulfamoyl and di-(2-hydroxyethyl)sulfamoyl.
Of the azo compounds represented by formula (1) pre f erred are those represented by formula (2). The azo compound represented by formula (2) preferably has at least one phosphono group.
In formula (2), Z' represents an electron-attracting group having a Hammett' s substituent constant ap value of 0.20 or greater. The electron-attracting group as represented by Z' has a Hammett's substituent constant op value of preferably from 0.30 to 1.0, more preferably from 0.45 to 1.0, still more preferably from 0.60 to 1Ø While suitable electron-attracting groups as Z' will be enumerated later, Z1 is preferably an acyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group havinglto12carbon atoms. Particularly preferred of them are a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. A cyano group is the most preferred.
Rl, RZ, R5, and R6 are the same as defined above.
R3 and R4 each represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group. R3 and R 4 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, still preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
z 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
Q represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Qpreferably represents a non-metallic atomic group necessary to form a 5- to 8-membered ring, which may be substituted or unsubstituted and saturated or unsaturated, preferably an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring. Preferred non-metallic atoms making up the ring include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and carbon. Examples of the 5- to 8-membered ring include a benzene ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an oxane ring, a sulfolane ring, and a thiane ring.
Each group as represented by Zl, Z2, Rl, R2, R3, R9, R5, R6, and Q may have a substituent (s) . The substituents includes those recited as G, Rl, and R2, and ionic hydrophilic groups.
The Hammett'ssubstituent constant op value as referred to with respect to the substituent Z1 is explained here briefly.
Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L.P. Hammett in 1935 in an attempt to discuss quantitatively the influences of substituents on reaction and equilibrium of benzene derivatives and is today generally admitted to be valid.
Substituent constants used in Hammett's rule include a op value and a am value. These values are found in many general books, such as J.A. Dean (ed.), Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, 12th Ed., McGraw-Hill (1979) and Kagaku-no-ryoiki, Extra No. 122, pp. 96-103, Nankodo (1979) In the present invention substituents will be limited or described in terms of Hammett's substituent constant op. This does not mean that intended substituents are limited to those substituents the 6p value of which is known from literature, and intended substituents include any substituent of which the op value is not found in literature but seems to fall within a recited range when measured based on Hammett's rule. While formulae (1) and (2) of the present invention embrace compounds that are not benzene derivatives, the present invention makes use of the op value as a measure of electron effects of a substituent irrespective of the position of substitution.
Electron-attracting groups having a Hammett's substituent constant op value of 0.60 or greater include a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., methanesulfonyl), and an arylsulfonyl group (e.g., benzenesulfonyl). Those having a cp value of 0.45 or greater additionally include an acyl group (e.g., acetyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., dodecyloxycarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., m-chlorophenoxycarbonyl), an alkylsulfinyl group (e.g., n=propylsulfinyl), an arylsulfinyl group (e.g., phenylsulfinyl), a sulfamoyl group (e.g., N-ethylsulf amoyl and N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl),and a halogenated alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl).
Those having a op value of 0. 30 or greater additionally include an acyloxy group (e.g., acetoxy), a carbamoyl group (e.g., N-ethylcarbamoyl and N,N-dibutylcarbamoyl), a halogenated alkoxy group (e.g., trifluoromethoxy), a halogenated aryloxy group (e.g., pentafluorophenoxy), a sulfonyloxy group (e.g., methylsulfonyloxy), a halogenated alkylthio group (e.g., difluoromethylthio), an aryl group substituted with two or more electron-attracting group having a op value of 0.15 or more (e.g., 2,4-dinitrophenyl and pentachlorophenyl), and a heterocyclic group (e.g., 2-benzoxazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, and 1-phenyl-2-benzimidazolyl). Those having a op value of 0.20 or greater additionally include a halogen atom.
The azo dyes represented by formula (1) preferably have the following combinations of substituents.
(a) R5 and R6 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group or an acyl group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a sulfonyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, provided that R5 and R6 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
(b) G is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group or an acylamino group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group or an acylamino group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an amino group or an acylamino group..
(c) A is preferably a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring or a benzothiazole ring, still preferably a pyrazole ring or an isothiazole ring, particularly preferably a pyrazole ring.
(d) B1 and B2 are preferably -CR'= and -CR2=, respectively, wherein R' and R 2 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or an alkyl group.
Of the compounds represented by formula (1), those in which at least one of the substituents is selected from the above-recited preferred ranges are preferred; those in which more substituents are selected from the respective preferred ranges are still preferred; and those in which all the substituents are selected from the respective preferred ranges are particularly preferred.
Specific examples of the azo dyes represented by formula (1) are shown below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
Table 1 CN
N'N N=N NN%
~ - N R3 R~ H-N' Dye R, Rs Ra S /
a-1 ~ \ / \ CeH17 / \ CoHi 7 N
S
a-2 ~ CI 1C8H17 CH3 N
S CI
a-3 - {~ :,a CHs CeHt 7 N
a-4 S
--~~ o CeH17 N
a-5 S CH3 CH3 N Np2 CH3 CH3 Table 1 ( cont' d) )~<iCN
H3C CN N N=N ' N~
R, H-N\
Dye Rt R2 Ra S , ~ SC2NH-f-CI-i~~-o a-6 '~'CHa --\~~//~-CF{~
N ~
CeHi7 CN3 a-7 / SSO2NH-(CH2 j---OCH2CH CH3 C~
N CeH13 CH3 ~ 3 a-8 NHCOi H-O --&CeH17 -0-CeH17 N Et (n)CaHi7q CHa a-9 -S:cr NHSOz _ CF6 CeHõ(t) N CeH,~R) CH3 S OCtAs OC,zFt2s a-10 N~'~/'Cl Table 2 R' CN H3C CN
H
N! N N-N N~
R2 H-N\
Dye R, RZ R3 R4 sSO-'a a-11 ~ _ C~ -~'SO3Na.
N''Q1 S gp3}~ SO3K SO3K
a-12 ~ ~ 4) -6 COOH COOH
a-13 -~ -{~ ~ - -~--so3K
N
CI S S COOH
a-1 4 a ~S03K
~
(4,5-mix) a-15 ~SOaK ~
N
Table 3 CN
N,N N=N N/
R, H-N\
Rq Dye Ri R2 R3 R4 C
'~ ~ ~ I CH3 a-16 N N~ C ya CH3 I -SO2CH3 cF6 a-17 -% S:a N cr~
ci cl-6 a-18 - s ~ -COCH3 CeH17(t) C8H17(t) N
S
a-19 ~~
CI N ~c~ --~
C~ H3C
a-20 ---~ N -SO2CH3 cF6 CeHt 7(t) Table 3 (cont'd) U U U n ~
N v U U U U =
ti U U V ~ U
U U U U ~
I
O O
z ~($ 0 Z Ex L) O
U Q_ ~ ~ I = N
C~ \ Z Z Z w_ V Cj O
= Z ~ ~ O =Z-p Z
II ~ -Z - _ _ ~ -U
Z-EE E0 y Z Z cn y Z NYz NYZ
~z Y
O
U
S
Z
O
tn Z ~
y yZ vyZ (nTZ
N c i <? -n >1 N cV N N N
Q 1 io i i o a Table 3 (cont'd) = i = U U
U
. ~
C~ _ ~ ~ = I ~' 2 I ~' = =
U U U U U U U U
U U U
~
2 I 1r S I = 1~ I=
U U U U U U :oc ~ 0 0 O 0 UO 0 Li f7 = z ~ N =~
W
~ Z a i0' z z~ _ 0 v ~ ...
= I' = N z z ~
z Z y Z tA~z u) U _ ~ Y.z ~
Z - Z
~ =
8 S ~ ~
z ? ~ ?
0 oN 0 ' -U
Wyz v,~z wyz Oyz N co r oo m >1 N N N N
Q ~p r0 iC fC
Table 4 _ U O N
_ =
A V ~ I
v v U U
v ~ \ -O cny z nTz =
~ oC z = = 2 / O
U
a: I ~Z
I
~z = w 2 01 Z cr 2 0 U
Z-tr _ CC Z. Z
X.
U Z U
~ z Z z~zYz z ~( z Tz ~
z m 0 U
O
U +
~ Y I z\ ~
Q) O N cI) >1 C") CC') M ~ .
Q io ~o io ia l Table 4 (cont'd) ~
z U U U
~ N N
N = N =
U U U
U
U
=
U 0 yZ
Ir z =
OC / Z Er pr z I v ~ L
Z =
II õ õ
z Z - ~
_ ~ ~
~ Z 0 _ Z ~
~
/ \ \
to y Z 0 YZ
U U
~ ~ z z U
rr + + +
~ d ~rJ ta io ia iv Table 5 a, m U U U
U I U U I U U \ U \.I
: V m U C~' v U U tq ~
Z V \ I U / I U \ I U /~
Z
cL Z
Z I
II = 2 2 2 2 I
~
11 ~ N
U U z = U
O
U
= 2 = I
U U U U =
= 2 I I I
~ U U U U U
N N c) v tt>
?i I I I I i Table 5 (cont'd) U = O
U N
z U U O
CC
LL' U I U U U 1 z Z
~ Z/ U
z v) ~z c~yz Z Z
U
z U U =
U U U
~
~ cn r oo Table 6 U) (0 U v ~ \ U
cl~
~ (j / I U \ I U V I U
\ c' ~ Z ?U-O O
z Z
I ZU)~Z
z ~
' Az U =
Z ~nTz 7 Z'\
I ~
rJ~ ' Q Z =
~ U 0 I = 2 p~ = 2 = = 2 = O
CE U) U ~
~ U U U U U
Table 7 .N U U U
~ 1f1 N =
(S' ~ U (s ~
CC
V V V ~
~v (S U U
Q
Z o Z
cr- z cn z Z Y yYZ
11 _ z Z -j\'}~ V' N
oc z z = o =
i z s" i U U C) a a J! ~ i N M Q l' Table 8 t.
m Y
_ C2, U
U I O
U
m .U
tn o_ U\ I ~\ U
U
cr / Ir Z
z Z
Z ~-z U) z yz ~nyjZ
~ <
. 611~
C o x =
U
o = U z U
U U
v a = 0 U
ct: v~ ta ca U Z
~ U-~
id Ld ! Q) N M d tn Q C) 4) C) G) C) Table 9 v N
~
N=N
N~R4 ~N
R, H-N
Dye R, R2 R, R, CH3 gO,K CHa SOCK
fi-1 N~ So3F( CH. -~ gSOa1C ~C11~
~'~e~ --0- N C~ ~~-"~R// Chy CH, CH3 NJJSOaNa f-2 4 SO~Na S03Na CH3 CH, ~3 N~ --( r-SO~K N L Ij --a Y SO,K
~J w! C))~~--"
CH~ SO9K ~a SO,K
f-4 N~ ~CFi, N~ ~CFLs CH3 SO2K CHa SOCK
CH, OCI-!3 f-5 S SO3K
N' NOy ~SOyK N:~a/ - ~'K
Table 2-1 ~N=N__ N1 / \ N\
Dye R' RY R' R' gPO(OH) 2 2- a=-1 ~ - ~ ' II -a CH3 ~so,hfe N
S / Pa~12 SO 3K S03K
2- a-2 + ~ 'r~
N ~'~~
2- e-3 OO NH4 C -~-Pap+, z C
N -~,J L J
Ci g N~ COOH
2- a-4 S03K ~ PO(OH) z ~ ~..J
(4,5-mix) COOH
2- 8-5 SO3FC N PO(OHl z Table 2-2 =
U
M
U U U V U
U U U =
Cr r7 co I ~ n I ~
U U U U U \ U ~
~
/ rc z = I
. i ~ ~z ,z g g $ o ' '~ ~
0\ O " U V V~ V
= Iz = N I ~ ~ ( Z N O = X X
Z 2 . .
U C o Z Z
~ a 0 ui ~O/) ~ri -tt - ~ ~ ..
~ =
z0 \
~~z Tz cnTA z cn_ /z N N N N
nO. a a LOTz v,z cnT"z cnYz a~ to q6 m (V (V fy ( 11 Table 2-3 N N N N
O 0 O p cr a a~.. a a _ U U U U U U
N N N N
0 0 ~ 0 Of _\
U U
z (L ~
Z (D cli Z/
Z = U) '' II
z Z '1( U
tZj v z 0 _ U
U U U =
U
Q) ~ I IN c) Nr N N N N
Table 2-4 N
0_ vl a a ~~ I \
Y Y
_ 97 a _ \ \
n U
~
~ / fr z L ~ O
a Z~ =
CV \ J
z = \ /
z 0 ,~z z '~' ~
cr z ~
V 0 =
U
S
n S ~
U
(n N
Table 2-5 cn o =
_ 0 U
N
N =
2 p U a p 0 ~
LO~+ W
LL
=
CL\Z U I ~ ' I
U U
M
[L / Z
I LL N N
Q \ Z (7 O
2 = a a II
Z OC = - - 2 co~ Z N Z CA
Z~
6114, ri: o C.) U
U = U =
U U =
U v 'o U
i~
q v -n v I I i N N i N N
Synthesis Examples for the azo dyes represented by formula (1) are shown below.
Synthesis of compound a-1 n S
OD
U
\ U
z Z - ~
' U Z
= Z 2 il z z U
Z =
~ W
U
U
CIS
:E
CIO
z z U
y z U
Z
Z
C-) Z- =
z z aD
U
a O
U
z cu r Z U
N U
z z U ~ p M
z= - ~! 0 , , ,--- I
z Y
1) Synthesis of intermediate a-la 5-Amino-3-t-butyl-4-cyanopyrazole (1) (8 g, 48.7 mmol) , 15 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 50 ml of water were stirred at an inner temperature of 5 C. To the mixturewas added 3.36 g (4 8. 7 mmol) of sodium nitrite in divided portions over 10 minutes, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 10 minutes to form a diazoniumsalt. Separately, 21.3 g (40.6 mmol) of coupling component (2) was put into a three-necked flask, and 50 g of sodium acetate, 50 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate were added and stirred. The diazonium salt solution was added dropwise to the mixture at an inner temperature of 5 C over 10 minutes.
After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (300 ml) was poured into the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration to give 24.2 g(850) of compound a-la.
2) Synthesis of compound a-1 To 14.0 g (20 mmol) of compound a-la were added 4.4 g (26 mmol) of heterylatingagent (3), 2.8 gofpotassiumcarbonate, and 50 ml of dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and the mixture was heated at 100 C for 1 hour while stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 200 ml of a saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution was added thereto. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration and recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 16.7 g (80%) of azo compound a-i.
~,meX = 545 nm (DMF solution) m/z (positive ion mode) = 834 Synthesis of dye b-1 r co U
~ ~ Z
~
U Z 2 (-) T
1~ Q m -0 _ tL, U
T C
cz _ _ ~ ~ ~
~
z= m z U
z i Q
!I
z z = U
O O ' 'n ~ U V Z
Z = _ ~ O
~
Q
N
_ z z U ~
U Z ~
cl) I
One gram of compound b-la was dispersed in 3.8 ml of a 2/3 (by volume) mixture of acetic acid and propionic acid, and the dispersion was cooled to 0 C. To the dispersion was slowly added 2.21 g of 41% nitrosylsulfuric acid, followed by stirring for 1 hour. Separately, 1.05 g of compound b-lb was dissolved in a mixture of 14 ml of DMF and 6 ml of ethyl acetate, and2.5 g of sodium acetate was added thereto, followed by cooling to 0 C. The b-la dispersion prepared above was added dropwise to the b-lb suspension. After the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react for an additional 2 hours period. After completion of the reaction, water was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and purified by silica gel column chromatography to yield 750 mg ( 57 . 7 0) of dye compound b-1.
~max = 545 nm Synthesis of dye b-6 z 3 Z >, Z = A
v II
Z
z \ / U
z = o z iZ
a~ co (((~~~
= T
O z U) z Q ~ I
z N Z
z z U z Id U
U) 2 =
One gram of compound b-6a was dispersed in 3.8 ml of a 2/3 (by volume) mixture of acetic acid and propionic acid, and the dispersion was cooled to 0 C. To the dispersion was slowly added 2.21 g of 41% nitrosylsulfuric acid, followed by stirring for 1 hour. Separately, 1.0 g of compound b-6b was dissolved in a mixture of 15 ml of DMF and 5 ml of ethyl acetate, and2.5 g of sodium acetate was added thereto, followed' by cooling to 0 C. The b-6a dispersion prepared above was added dropwise to the b-6b suspension. After the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react for an additional 2 hour period. After completion of the reaction, water was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and dissolved in 10 ml of DMF. To the solution were added 560 mg of potassium carbonate and 1.3 g of 2-chlorobenzothiazole (b-6c), and the system was allowed to react at 110 C for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, water was added. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give 700 mg (58.6%) of dye compound b-6.
Xmax = 5 5 0 nm Synthesis of compound 2-(a-6) M
U
~
c) U
Z
co iz ~
U ~ I Z co = z 2 =
II
z Z
U
i 2 z= O
O= n--Q U
~
U Cd z zZ
v ~ =
z a~ -_ Cd / Z
/ Z V
~
i a Z~Nll Z._ = Zi cv_r~ M ~, r 2 Z =
U U II ~
Z N
_ Z~/j O
~ Z cn O
O
N =
z U ~ "O
Z = a N ' U
z z ~ f ~
U c; ~
El) ~Z p Z=
cli r Z ~ U Y
1) Synthesis of intermediate 2-(a-6a) 5-Amino-3-t-butyl-4-cyanopyrazole 2-(1) (8 g, 48.7 mmol), 15 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 50 ml of water were stirred at an inner temperature of 5 C. To the mixturewas added 3.36 g (48.7 mmol) of sodiumnitrite individed portions over 10 minutes, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 10 minutes to form a diazonium salt . Separately, 14.6 g (40.6 mmol) of coupling component 2-(2) was put into a three-necked flask, and 50 g of sodium acetate and 50 ml of pyridine were added and stirred. The diazonium salt solution was added dropwise to the mixture at an inner temperature of 5 C over 10 minutes. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. Asaturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (300 ml) was poured into the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration to give 24.2 g (93%) of compound 2-(a-6a).
2) Synthesis of compound 2-(a-6) To 10.7 g (20 mmol) of compound 2-(a-6a) were added 15 g (60 mmol) of heterylating agent 2- (3) , 8. 8 g of potassium carbonate, and 50 ml of dimethylacetamide, and the mixture was heated at 100 C for 3 hours while stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 200 ml of 1N HC1 aqueous solution was added thereto. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration and recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 15.4 g (80%) of azo compound 2-(a-6).
xmax = 558 nm (dimethylformamide solution) rn/z (positive ion mode) = 960 In formula (3) representing the azo compound according to the invention, Z represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom, the nitrogen atom, X, and Y; X represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a carbon atom; and Y represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a carbon atom provided that Y is not a nitrogen atom when X is a carbon atom.
X preferably represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atoms. Y preferably represents a nitrogen atom, a carbon atom or a sulfur atom. It is preferred that X representing a nitrogen atom be combined with Y representing a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
The hetero ring completed by X, Y, and Z includes a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, and a benzoxazole ring, with an imidazole ring and a triazole ring being preferred.
The hetero ring can have a substituent at an arbitrary position.
Substituents on the hetero ring may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. The nitrogen atom of the hetero ring may be quaternarized.
Suitable substituents on the hetero ring include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group and a bicycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group (including an anilino group), an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulf inyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulf onyl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an arylazo group, a heterocyclic azo group, an imido group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, and a silyl group.
The substituents on the hetero ring will be described in more detail. The halogen atom includes chlorine, bromine, and iodine. The term "alkyl group" is intended to include substituted or unsubstituted, straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, bicycloalkyl groups, tricycloalkyl group, and the like. The alkyl group, in its narrow sense of term, preferably contains 1 to 30 carbon atoms, including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, eicosyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. The cycloalkyl group preferably contains 3 to 30 carbon atoms, including cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, and 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl. The bicycloalkyl group pref erably contains 5 to 30 carbon atoms ( i. e., amonovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atomfrom a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms), including bicyclo[1,2,2]heptan-2-yl and bicyclo[2,2,2]octan-3-yl. The term "alkyl" appearing in substituents hereinafter described, such as "alkyl" in an alkylthio group, has the same meaning as mentioned above.
The term "alkenyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted, straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkenyl group, including alkenyl groups (preferably containing 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, pulenyl, geranyl and oleyl), cycloalkenyl groups (preferably containing3to30carbon atoms, i.e., monovalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from cycloalkenes having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-cyclopenten-1-yl and2-cyclohexen-1-yl), and bicycloalkenyl groups (preferably having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, i.e., monovalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atomsfrom bicycloalkenes having one double bond, such as bicyclo[2,2,l]hep-2-en-1-yl and bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl).
The alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, e. g. , ethynyl, propargyl, and trimethylsilylethynyl. The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, and o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or non-aromatic 5- or6-membered heterocyclic compound, still preferably a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, such as 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, and 2-benzothiazolyl.
The alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, t-butoxy, n-octyloxy, and 2-methoxyethoxy. The aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-t-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, and 2-tetradecanoylaminophenoxy. The silyloxy group preferably contains 3 to 20 carbon atoms, including trimethylsilyloxy and t-butyldimethylsilyloxy. The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group containing 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy and 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy. The acyloxy group preferably includes a formyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, e.g., acetyloxy, pivaroyloxy and stearoyloxy, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, e.g., benzoyloxy and p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy.
The carbamoyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N,N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy, N,N-diethylcarbamoyloxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, and N-n-octylcarbamoyloxy. The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, t-butoxycarbonyloxy, and n-octylcarbonyloxy. The aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, and p-n-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy.
The amino group preferably includes an unsubstituted amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., methylamino, dimethylamino), an anilino group, and a substituted anilino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., N-methylanilino and diphenylamino).
The acylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., formylamino, acetylamino, pivaroylamino, and lauroylamino) and a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., benzoylamino, 3, 4, 5-tri -n-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl amino). The aminocarbonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as carbamoylamino, N, N-dime thyl amino ca rbonyl amino, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, and morpholinocarbonylamino.
The alkoyxycarbonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, t-butoxycarbonylamino, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino, and N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino. The aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino, and m-(n-octyloxy)phenoxycarbonylamino. The sulfamoylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having up to 30 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoylamino, N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, and N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino. The alkylsulfonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonylamino and butylsulfonylamino. The arylsulfonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, and p-methylphenylsulfonylamino.
The alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, and n-hexadecylthio. The arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, and m-methoxyphenylthio. The heterocyclic thio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio and 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio.
The sulfamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having up to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-ethylsulfamoyl, N-(3-dodecyloxypropyl)sulfamoyl, N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-acetylsulfamoyl, N-benzoylsulfamoyl, and N-(N'-phenylcarbamoyl)sulfamoyl.
The alkylsulfinyl group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to carbon atoms, such as methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
The arylsulfinyl group preferably includes a substituted or 25 unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfinyl and p-methylphenylsulfinyl. The alkylsulfonyl group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The arylsulfonyl group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfonyl and p-methylphenylsulfonyl.
The acyl group preferably includes a formyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., acetyl, pivaroyl, 2-chloroacetyl, and stearoyl), a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., benzoyl and p-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl), and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic carbonyl group (with a carbonyl group bonded to the carbon atom of a hetero ring) (e.g., 2-pyridylcarbonyl and 2-furylcarbonyl) . The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyl, p-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, and p-t-butylphenoxycarbonyl. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, and n-octadecyloxycarbonyl.
The carbamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-n-octylcarbamoyl, and N-(methylsulfonyl)carbamoyl.
The aryl- or heterocyclic azo group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylazo and p-clorophenylazo, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo. The imido group preferably includes an N-succinimido group and an N-phthalimido group.
The phosphino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethylphosphino, diphenylphosphino, and methylphenoxyphosphino. The phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phosphinyl, dioctyloxyphosphinyl, and diethoxyphosphinyl. The phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as diphenoxyphosphinyloxy and dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy.
The phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino and dimethylaminophosphinylamino.
The silyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted silyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, and phenyldimethylsilyl.
As stated previously, the substituents on the hetero ring additionally include a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a mercapto group, and a sulfo group.
Of the above-recited functional groups those having a hydrogen atom may have the hydrogen atom substituted with the above-recited substituents. Such substituted functional groups include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group. Specific examples are methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, acetylaminosulfonyl, and benzoylaminosulfonyl.
Preferred substituents on the hetero ring completed by X, Y, and Z are a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. Where substituents on the hetero ring are connected together to form a cyclic structure, the cyclic structure is preferably a benzene or pyridine ring condensed with the hetero ring.
In formula (3), Al and A2 both represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom, or one of them represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom with the other representing a nitrogen atom, provided that A2 does not have a nitro group as a substituent. It is preferred that A1 and A2 both represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom for better performance.
The substituents of the substituted carbon atom as Al or A2 preferably include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic acid alkyl ester group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a cyano group. Still preferred substituents are a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, and a carboxyl group.
A1 is preferably a carbon atom or a carbon atom having a methyl group as a substituent. A2 is preferably a carbon atom or a carbon atom having a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or a carboxyl group as a substituent.
In formula (3) , Rl, R2, R3, and R4 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent. The groups as R1, R2, R3, and R4 will further be described below.
The alkyl group includes a substituted alkyl group and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably contains 1 to 12 carbon atom, particularly 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Substituents for the alkyl group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Specific examples of the alkyl group are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, and 4-sulfobutyl.
The cycloalkyl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group which preferably contains 5 to 12 carbon atoms, such as cyclohexyl. Substituents for the cycloalkyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups.
The aralkyl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted one which preferably contains 7 to 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl and 2-phenethyl. Substituents for the aralkyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups.
The alkenyl group includes a substituted alkenyl group and an unsubstituted which preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
Substituents for the alkenyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkenyl group are a vinyl group and an allyl group.
The aryl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group which preferably has 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
Substituents for the aryl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl, and m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl.
The heterocyclic group includes a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group is preferred. Substituents for the heterocyclic groupinclude ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the heterocyclic group are 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, and 2-furyl. The sulfonyl group includes a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group. The acyl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group which preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as acetyl and benzoyl.
Substituents for the acyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups.
R1r R2, R3, and R4 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, still preferably a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Note that Rl and R2 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom and that R3 and R3 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom, either.
It is particularly preferred that RI and R3 each represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group and that R2 is a hydrogen atom. The aryl group as R1 and R3 is preferably an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an acyl group, etc.
While the azo group in azo compounds can be an azo type -N=N- or a hydrazo type =N-NH- according to the structure, both are described as an azo type in the present invention.
The azo compound of formula (3) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) diazotizing a heterocyclic primary amine with a diazotizing agent to form a diazonium salt and (b) allowing the diazonium salt to react with a coupling component.
Diazotization of a heterocyclic primary amine can be carried out with reference, e.g., to Chemical Reviews, vol.
75, p. 241 (1975). The diazotizing agent which can be used includes a diluted hydrochloric acid aqueous solution of sodium nitrite, isopentyl nitrite, and nitrosylsulfuric acid.
The pyridine coupling component which can be used in step (b) is synthesized by processes described, e.g., JP-A-51-83631, JP-A-49-74718, and JP-B-52-46230 (the term "JP-B" as used herein means an "examined Japanese patent publication").
Specific examples of the azo compounds represented by formula (3) are listed below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
Table 3-1 r /COOEt R Re NI
H-N
R, Dye R1 R3 R, R5 R6 3-1 Ph Ph H CH3 CN
3-2 Ph Ph H CH3 CONH2 3- 3 Ph Ph H CH3 COOH
3-4 Ph Ph H CH3 H
3-6 Ph Ph H H
3-6 Ph Ph H H CONH2 3-7 Ph Ph H H COOH
3-8 Ph Ph H H H
3-9 Ph Ph SO2CH3 CH3 H
S
3-1 Q Ph Ph CH3 H
3-1 1 Ph Ph -4 ~\ H H
N
3-1 2 "C8H 17CeH17 H CH3 CN
3-1 3 c nC8Ht7 nCaH17 H H CN
3-1 4 a CB}.{ DCBHl7 H CH3 CONH2 Table 3-1 (cont'd) /COOEt R5 R6 NC Nr R4 X1>-N=ft-<( N
H-N
R, Dye R, R3 R4 R3 Re 3- 1 5 a r'CeH17 c nCaHi7 H CH3 H
3- 1 6 c~-OCBH a"CeH H H H
Me Me 3-1 7 Me Me H CH3 CN
me (vJe e Me 3-1 8 Me ~~ Me SO2CH3 CH3 H
Me Me S lzz~
3-1 9 Me Me -\ ~ ~ H H
- -' N
Me Me 3-2 0 Me ~~ Me H CH3 CN
- -Me Me 3-2 1 &SO3K &SO3K H CH3 CN
3- 2 2 o --6 H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
3-2 3 0 --o H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
7 :~
Table 3-2 ~COO'Bu Rs RS
N />-N=N N, PhN -N R3 H-N
, Ri Dye R, R3 R4 R5 Rs 3-2 4 Ph Ph H CH3 CN
3- 2 5 Ph Ph H CH3 CONH2 3- 2 6 Ph Ph H CH3 COOH
3-27 Ph Ph H CH3 H
3- 2 8 Ph Ph H H CN
3- 2 9 Ph Ph H H CONH2 3- 3 0 Ph Ph H H COOH
3- 3 1 Ph Ph H H H
3- 3 2 Ph Ph SO2CH3 CH3 H
S ~
3- 3 3 Ph Ph ---~~ ~/ CH3 H
N
S ~
3- 3 4 Ph Ph --{~ H H
N ~
3- 3 5 nCaHt7 nCaHt7 H CH3 CN
3- 3 6 C nC9H17 nCeH17 H H CN
3- 3 7 cnCBH17 /_\ nCeH17 H CH3 CONH2 Table 3-2 (cont'd) c C001Bu Rs R8 N ,R4 jj i-N=N ?-~ N
Ph~N N R3 H-f~
Dye R, R3 R4 Rs Rs 3-3 8 "CeH17 nC8H17 H CH3 H
3- 3 9 "CBH17 nCsH17 H H H
Me Me 3-4 0 O Me Me H CH3 CN
me e e 3- 4 1 -Me -Me SO2CH3 CH3 H
Me e Me 3-4 2 Me A'~e S ~/ H H
N
Me Me Me e 3-4 3 0 Me YMe H CH3 CN
Me Me 3-4 4 aSO3K aSO3K H CH3 CN
3-4 5 b -6 H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
3-4 6 o --o H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
Table 3-3 Z,_-_,X H3C CN
~--N=N NH
HN
CeH17 CeH17 , Z Dye ;Z,' ' >x --N=N Dye ;/ >-N=N
Y-N '- Y-N
NC NCH3 CI p H3 r N
3-47 / ~ 3-53 \ 1 i--NC N CI N
Ci C~5 F C
N ~
3- 48 / 3-54 \ ~ ~ -CI N~ F3C N
/
3-49 ~ 3-55 ~
~
~ N
3- b 0 CH2COOCH3 H3COzS~N~ N %
3 N-N HOOC OnN
(CH2)3SO3Na ~~>_ 3- 5 2 ~-N 3- 5 8 NCNCH3 Table 3-4 X H -; }--N=N N ~ / CH3 Y-N _N
H3C o z,---.X z~-x Dye ; >-N=N Dye ; >--N=N
Y-N Y-N
N
--3-5 9 ~N 3-6 5 ~
)aN
NC N~/ CI
FaC / N
3-6 0 / \ 3-6 6 ~ ~ i}-CI~N~ F3C N
3-6 1 ~3-6 7 2N N O
EIIIIIIN
3-6 8 H3CO2SN~ CH3 N-N HOOC
3-6 3 Nk 3-6 9 (CH~3SO3N8 3-6 4 ~_~ 3-7 0 \
NC N N N
In formula (4) representing the azo compound according to the present invention, Z1 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom. The hetero ring formed by Z1 preferably includes a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a benzisothiazole ring, a 1,3,4-thiadiazole ring, and a 1,2,4-thiadiazole ring, with a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a benzisothiazole ring, a 1,3,4-thiadiazole ring, and a 1,2,4-thiadiazole ring being still preferred. An isothiazole ring, a 1,3,4-isothiazole ring, and a 1,2,4-isothiazole ring are particularly preferred. An isothiazole ring is the most preferred. The hetero ring can have a substituent at an arbitrary position. Where the hetero ring is a nitrogen-containing ring, the nitrogen atom may be quaternarized.
Ail and A12 each represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that A11 and A12 do not simultaneously represent a nitrogen atom. All and A12 each preferably represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom.
The monovalent substitutent of the substituted carbon atom as A11 or A12 includes the groups recited below as Rzl, R12r R13, and R14 and a cyano group. Preferred of these substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group, and a cyano group.
R11, R12, R13, and R14 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent, provided that at least one of R11 and R12 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group and that R13 and R19 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
These groups will further be described below.
The alkyl group includes a-substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The alkyl group preferably contains 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The substituents of the substituted alkyl group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkyl group are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, and 4-sulfobutyl.
The cycloalkyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The cycloalkyl group preferably contains 5 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituents of the substituted cycloalkyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.
The aralkyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituents include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl and 2-phenethyl.
The alkenyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The alkenyl group preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituent includes ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkenyl group are vinyl and allyl.
The aryl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The aryl group preferably contains 7 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituents on the substituted aryl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl, and m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl.
The heterocyclic group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group is preferred. Substituents for the heterocyclic group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the heterocyclic group are 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, and 2-furyl.
The sulfonyl group includes a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group. The acyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The acyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Substituents for the acyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the acyl group are acetyl and benzoyl.
Rii, R12, R13, and R14 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group and still preferably represent a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. As previously defined, at least one of Ril and R12 is an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R13 and Riq do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
It is particularly preferred that R11 and R13 each represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group and that R12 represents a hydrogen atom. The aryl group as R11 or R13 is preferably a substituted aryl group. Substituents for this aryl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, and an acyl group.
Of the compounds represented by formula (4) preferred are those represented by formula (5):
' R25 R26 R24 (5) ~2 '__.S -"N
R2s H-N\
R2t wherein Z2 has the same meaning as Z1; R21 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R23 and R24 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent; and R25 and R26 each represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
A preferred range for Z2 is the same as for Z1 in formula (4) . The substituents that R21, R23 or R24 can have preferably include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl and octyl), a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e. g. , methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy) , and an ionic hydrophilic group (e. g. , carboxyl or a salt thereof, or sulfo or a salt thereof).
The monovalent substituent as R25 and R26 preferably includes the groups recited above as R11, R12, R13, and R14 and a cyano group. RZ.5 and R26 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group, and a cyano group.
In particular, R25 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a carboxyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
and R26 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group.
Of the preferred compounds represented by formula (5) those represented by formula (6) are still preferred.
R35 R36 ,R34 (6) T3 ~,%
-N_N _'N\
''~--- S N
HN
=
wherein Z3 has the same meaning as Z1; R31 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R33 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, each of which may have a substituent;
and R35 and R36 each represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
A preferred range for Z3 is the same as for Z1 in formula (4) . The substituents that R31 or R33 can have preferably include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl and octyl), a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e . g. , methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy) , and an ionic hydrophilic group (e.g., carboxyl or a salt thereof, or sulfo or a salt thereof).
The monovalent substituent as R35 and R36 preferably includes the groups recited above as R11, R12, R13, and R14 and a cyano group. Similarly to R25, R35 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a carboxyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Similarly to R26, R36 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group.
Of the compounds represented by formula (6), those in which R31 and R33 each represent a phenyl group substituted with a monovalent substituent are preferred. Particularly preferred are those in which R31 is a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an ionic hydrophilic group, and R33 is an alkyl group or a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an ionic hydrophilic group. The substituent of the substituted phenyl group as R31 or R33 preferably includes a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl and octyl), a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e. g. , methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy), and an ionic hydrophilic group (e.g., carboxyl or a salt thereof, or sulfo or a salt thereof).
The azo compound of formula (4) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) diazotizing a heterocyclic primary amine with a diazotizing agent to form a diazonium salt and (b) allowing the diazonium salt to react with a coupling component.
Diazotization of a heterocyclic primary amine can be carried out with reference, e.g., to Chemical Reviews, vol.
75, p. 241 (1975) . The diazotizing agent which can be used includes a diluted hydrochloric acid aqueous solution of sodium nitrite, isopentyl nitrite, and nitrosylsulfuric acid.
The pyridine coupling component which is used in step (b) is synthesized by processesdescribed, e.g., JP-A-51-83631, JP-A-49-74718, and JP-B-52-46230.
Specific examples of the azo compounds represented by formula (4) are shown below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
Tables 4-1 z--. H
;- , , j-N=N N
-- S 'N R3 H-N
R i z~-, ,- , i ~- R, R3 Dye -- S
4-1 Et00 S / \ ~ ~ nCsHV / \nCeH17 4-2 N,S 1 0 SO3K aSO3K
4-3 ~ ~ ~ COOH
NC S
"BuSO2 N
4- 4 ,i, n CeHt7 RCaHt7 S
N-N
4- 5 ~ 1~ ~ \ "CBHt7 nCe{it7 EtS S~
OC12H25 OC12H2s 4-6 O ~'~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ S/\
Tables 4-2 _ H3C CONH2 Z H
;- /-N=N
" S -N R3 H-N
R, Z" .
,- , ; ~- Ri Ra Dye 4-7 ~ ~ ~ ~ nC8~...~17 ~ nCaH17 EtOO S
4-8 N/ \ nCeHt7 nCeHt7 g 4-9 // ~ ~ nCeH17 / \ nCeHi7 NC/'g nBuSO2 Z 4-1 0 N ~ _ ~ COOH
S
4- 1 1 /jJ~N /\ nCe~..~i7 n~;eHt7 EtS~g/
4- 1 2 1 CH3 lCeH17 _ NS
Tables 4-3 H
N=N _ N R3 H-N
,Rt Z-Dye ' _- S~- Rt R3 4- 1 3 a nCeH17 nCsFjt7 EtOOC S ~
S
4- 1 5 ~~ /~ CH3 CH3 NC S -"BUSOZ
4-1 6 N/ nCeH17 "CBH17 S
N-N
4-1 7 EtS / \ 1/ S / ~ nC8H17 nCBH17 4-1 8 N/ ~ aS03K SO3K
~
Tables 4-4 H3C CN R5 Rs N, ' N=N j - N
H-N
, R, R, Ra R4 Rs R6 Dye 4- 1 9 0 nCeHy7 anCBH17 SOZCH3 CH3 H
4-2 0 nCeH17 nCe}{17 COCH3 CH3 H
4- 2 1 "C8H17 "CeH17 H COOEt CN
4- 2 2 O SO3K &SO3K H COOH H
S~
4-2 3 CH3 CH3 --~~ õ CH3 H
N
4- 2 4 f"C8H17 tCeHt7 SOZCH3 H H
Tables 4-4 (cont'd) H3C CN R5 Re N~ 1 N=N N
H-N
, R, Dye R1 R3 R4 R5 R6 4-2 5 o H H CN
CI CI
4-2 6 CI ~\ CI H H COOH
CI CI
SOzNHPh S02NHPh NHCOCH3 Ph 4- 2 9 rC4Hs Ph H
Tables 4-5 Z, ,- , ;-N=N NH
=-- S _N
0 CaH17 Z Z =, ', ,' =
Dye Dye HOOC S S
NC
4-3 2 ~ 4-38 ~
NC g C2HSOOC g CN N
4-3 3 NC ~ 4-3 9 0~
s S
NC
/ S
~ ~ N
Br H3COOC g I ~
/ ~ i 4-3 5 Ci 4-41 OHC S
/ S
~ 4-42 ~, (H3C)2N02S S NCS N
Tables 4-5 (cont'd) /--N=N NH
S N
HN
CeH
Z Z
.
,~ ,= , Dye '-- S~- Dye Ph CI CN ~--N
4- 4 3 N 1 4- 4 9 N.S
S
C4H902S CN H3COOC(H2C)zS
4- 4 4 N / / \ 4- 5 0 >-N
.S N' i~ ~-N
4- 4 5 / 1 4-5 1 C4H9O2S s N~S
CI
N-N
4-4 6 4-5 2 C~ S
N, S
N-N
O2N RN,~ 4- 4 7 4-5 3 NHPh N-N
S
The azo dyes represented by formulae (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (AZ-1) and (AZ-2) of the present invention are useful as a colorant of image (especially color image) recording materials including ink jet recording materials, thermal transfer recording material, pressure-sensitive recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing inks, recording pens, and so on. The azo dyes of the present invention are particularly fit for use in ink jet recording materials, thermal transfer recording materials, and electrophotographic recording materials. Application to ink jet recording materials is the most effective. The azo dyes of the invention also find applications to color filters used in solid-state image sensors, e.g., CCDs, and displays, e.g., LCDs and PDPs, and dye baths for textile.
The azo dyes of the invention can have selected substituents so as to exhibit physical properties desired for intended applications, such as solubility, dispersibility, and thermal mobility. The azo compounds are used in a selected form fit for intended applications, such as a solution or a dispersion (e.g., an emulsion or a suspension).
In formulae (AZ-1) and (AZ-2 ), substituents the aromatic or heterocyclic ring can have include those described as for G, Rl, and R2 of formula (1).
Quantum chemical calculation, also designated molecular orbital calculation, for obtaining the interfacial angle as specified in the present invention is performed by the B3LYP method, which is a generally used ab initio molecular orbital method, with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher class basis set. The B3LYP method is called a DFT-HF hybrid method, an admixture of a density functional theory (DFT) and a Hartree-Fock (HF) theory. The B3LYP calculation can be carried out by using Gaussian 98 program, a software package available from Gaussian Inc.
The quantum chemical calculation is, in short, a method of calculating the electron kinetic energy, the interaction between electrons, the interaction between electrons and an atomic nucleus, and the interaction between atomic nuclei as for the whole molecule to determine a steric structure with lowest energy. The "steric structure with lowest energy"
implies the structure in which the molecule exists. For the theoretical details a number of books can be referred to, such as Teijiro Yonezawa, Ryosh.ikagaku Nyumon, Kagaku Dojin (1983), KiyoshiMutai, Ryoshikagaku Bunshikidoho Nyumon, Shokodo (1991), Minoru Hirota, Bunshikidoho, Shokabo (1999), and Tim Clark, Keisankagaku Guidebook Sandai Bunshikeisan Program no Kaisetsu (Japanese Trans. translated by Eiji Ohsawa, et al.), Maruzen (1988).
Examples of calculations on compounds, which are out of the scope of the present invention, by the B3LYP method using the basis set 6-31G* are reported in Journal of Physical Chemistry Part A, p. 1214 (2001).
Accuracy of quantum chemical calculation depends on the method (e.g., density functional method or Hartree-Fock method) and the basis set (e.g., 6-31G*, 3-21G, etc.). In the present invention, calculation for obtaining the energically most stable structure is performed by the DFT/B3LYP method with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher basis set, e. g. , 6-31+G*, 6-31G** or 6-311G*. The present inventors have found that the azomethine dye represented by formula (AZ-1) exhibits excellent performance when the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 of the calculated structure is 45 to 135 , preferably 60 to 120 C.
In other words, it has been found that the dye with.the absolute interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 closer to 90 exhibits a narrower absorption band in its absorption spectrum, which is more favorable for reproduction of a hue. To have a narrow absorption band is one of the important basic characters as a dye. It is additionally expected that the chromophore gains in rigidity according as the interfacial angle becomes closer to a right angle, which will be beneficial for color fastness.
Quantum chemical calculation hasnow come to be performed on a workstation or a computer and be a common tool in the field of chemical calculations. However, since calculation on a large molecule takes much time, a modeling technique may be adopted to the moieties other than the important one. For instance a long-chain alkyl group could be displaced with a methyl group, and a long-chain alkoxy group with a methoxy group. Similar displacement can be made when necessary.
The following list is examples of the compounds represented by formula (AZ-1), designated Dl to D14. The interfacial angle (unit: ) specified in formula (AZ-1) are indicated in the parentheses. REF1 and REF2 shown below are comparative examples of calculations. All the calculations were performed according to the B3LYP method by using a program package available from Gaussian Inc. with the basis set 6-31G*.
The list is for illustrative purposes only but not for limiting the present invention.
Me Me CN H3C Me Me ~~
Me ~
N NN H Me Dl N HN
Me (83.4) S N
dM9 Me Me Me H3C CN
Me CN H Me N~ NN \ ~ N
D2 HN Me M e (83.5) S ~N Me Mo Me Me CN
=,N N
D3 NN , N
HN (84.0) Me AN ~,1~ I
Me Me Me H3C
CN
Me CN H
D4 ~N N
N, N
N HN (61.6) S 'N Me Me Me N /N N Me N. ~-N N Me ~
D5 N HN Me (107.5) S ~N Me Me Me H3C Me Me - 1 /
~'N aN ~ N
N
D6 S-lkN HN (125.9) Me CI
H Me N N N
CI y--N N I
N Me D7 HN SN \ Me 65.7 Me Me Me - H Me I ~N N
N N Me DB HN Me (76.7) O N Me Me Me Me CN
N ,N ~ oz D9 a N LN HN -N
/1' (76S) Me HN ~ N Me I
b Me Me Me H3C Me Me CN - )!~r Me ~N N
~Me D10 N' N N
N HN N (81.8) Me g Me Me Me Me H3C Pri CN ._ JJT"//J
Me D11 õN X N
N~ N N (80.9) N HN rN
S N iPt H3C Me Me CN
N N / H N
D12 N~ N
N HN Me (66.8) g' 'N N
=
N
b\' H3C M8 Me N-S ''N I N
N N )__N Me D13 Me ~
CN HN Me (75.2) S
Me Me Me Me H3C CN
CN H
D14 1'qe ' ~N N
N'N HN N (45.3) i Me N
Me N-S N N (18.8) Mer 'N~N N I
HN
Me Me ~-S ' NH
REF2 Me-~N HN N
CN
0M Me e The azo dyes represented by formulae (AZ-1) and (AZ-2) can be synthesized in the same manner as for the compounds of formulae (1) and (2) The absorption characteristics of the azo dyes used in the present invention are preferably such that the absorption spectrum measured in an N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) solution has a ratio of the maximum absorbance a in a wavelength range between 380 nm and 450 nm to the maximum absorbance b in a wavelength range between 500 nm and 580 nm, a/b, of less than 0.4. The absorbances a and b as used in the present invention are measured with a spectrophotometer specified in JIS Z8120-86 under the following conditions. The measuring temperature was selected from 15 to 30 C . The cell having an optical path length of 10 mm was used. A given amount (converted to the molecular wight) of a sample compound was diluted with DMF
to such a concentration as to show an absorbance, whichever of a (between 380 nm and 450 nm) and b (between 500 nm and 580 nm) was higher, in a range of from 0. 8 to 1. 0. The absorbance ratio a/b was obtained from the absorption spectrum of the compound solution in this adjusted concentration.
Figs. 1 and 2 are examples of the absorption spectra in DMF, in which absorbances (Abs) are plotted as ordinate and wavelengths (nm) as abscissa. Fig. 1 shows the spectra of compound D10 (solid line) and REF1 (dotted line), and Fig.
2 compound D13 (solid line) and REF2 (dotted line) . The molar absorptivity of D10, D13, REF1, and REF2 were 52000, 48000, 34000, and 40000, respectively. In these particular examples, the compounds under analysis had been diluted with DMF so that the absorption peak in the wavelength region of 500 to 580 nm (peak b) might be 1.0 (could range from 0.8 to 1.0) . Therefore, the absorbance ratio a/b is easily obtained simply by reading the absorption peak in the wavelength region of 380 to 450 nm (peak a).
For the azo dyes of the present invention, having the absorbance ratio a/b of less than 0.4 means securing color reproducibility (hue) as a colorant. The absorbance ratio a/b is still preferably less than 0.35, particularly preferably 0.3 or less.
Second preferred embodiment The azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition according to the present invention has an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE. The higher the oxidation potential, the better. A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.1 V (vs. SCE) is preferred. A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.2 V (vs. SCE) is still preferred.
In the study on ozone resistance of a color image, the present inventors have found that there is a correlation between the oxidation potential of a coloring compound used for forming a color image and ozone resistance. They have ascertained that ozone resistance can be improved by using an azo compound whose oxidation potential is nobler than 1.0 V
with respect to a saturated calomel electrode (SCE). They have also ascertained that an azo compound containing at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 as well as having the above-specified oxidation potential shows unexpectedly high resistance to ozone gas.
The improvement of ozone resistance of a color image by the compound having a specific oxidation potential can be accounted for by the relationship between the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the compound and a lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of ozone gas. That is, reaction occurs between the HOMO of a coloring compound and the LUMO of ozone to oxidize the coloring compound, which is considered to cause ozone resistance reduction of a color image. Therefore, ozone resistance improvement will be established by reducing the HOMO of a coloring compound to reduce its reactivity with ozone.
Oxidation potential represents electron mobility from a sample to an electrode. The higher (the nobler) the oxidation potential, the less mobile the electrons, i.e., the less susceptible to oxidation the sample. In relation to a chemical structure, oxidation potential becomes nobler with an electron-attracting group introduced therein, and it becomes less noble with an electron-donating group introduced therein.
Oxidation potential indicates the potential of the anode at which a compound lose its electrons in volutammetry as hereinafter described in detail. It is considered that oxidation potential approximates to the energy level of HOMO
of a compound in its ground state.
Oxidation potential is measured with a DC polarographic system or a cyclic volutammetric system. A sample to be measured is dissolved in a solution of a supporting electrolyte, such as sodium perchlorate or tetrapropylammonium perchlorate, in a solvent, such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, in a concentration of 1 x 10-9 to 1 x 10-6 mol=dm 3, and the electric potential of the working electrode is measured using an SCE
as a reference electrode. Appropriate electrolyte and solvent are selected according to the oxidation potential or solubility of the sample. For the details of such selection reference can be made to P. Delalhay, New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Interscience Publishers (1954), A.J. Bard, et al., Electrochemical Methods, John Willey & Sons (1980), and Akira Fuj ishima, et al., DenkikagakuSokuteiho, pp. 101-118, Gihodo (1984).
The oxidation potential measurements can vary by about several tens of millivolts by the influences of potential difference between different liquids, resistance of the sample solution, etc. Correction can be made for such variation by using a standard sample (e.g., hydroquinone) thereby to assure reproducibility of the measurements.
In the present invention, oxidation potential measurement was made by DC polarography using an N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing 0.1 mol=dm 3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm 3 of a sample compound, an SCE as a reference electrode, a graphite electrode as a working electrode, and a platinum electrode as a counter electrode.
Manipulations for obtaining a compound having a noble oxidation potential include (i) selecting a compound structure inherently having a noble oxidation potential and (ii) introducing an ele.ctron-attracting group (i.e., a group having a large Hammett's substituent constant op value, hereinafter described) to an arbitrary position of a compound. To select a dye structure inherently having a noble oxidation potential is a preferred manipulation from the standpoint of not only ozone resistance but molecular designing with ease of introducing an arbitrary electron-attracting or donating group to adjust color fastness, hue, and physical properties.
Where an electron-attracting group is introduced into an arbitrary position of a compound structure to make the oxidation potential nobler thereby reducing the reactivity with ozone that is an electrophilic reagent, a Hammett's substituent constant op value can be made use of as a measure for electron-attracting or donating character of a substituent.
The oxidation potential can be made nobler by introducing a substituent having a large 6p value.
The Hammett' s substituent constant csp value is explained here briefly. Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L.P. Hammett in 1935 in an attempt to discuss quantitatively the influences of.substituents on reaction and equilibrium of benzene derivatives and is today generally admitted to be valid. Substituent constants used in Hammett's rule include a 6p value and a am value. These values are found in many general books, such as J.A. Dean (ed.), Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, 12th Ed., McGraw-Hill (1979) and Kagaku-no-ryoiki, Extra No. 122, pp. 96-103, Nankodo (1979).
The azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition of the invention should have at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5, preferably -9 to 5, still preferably -8 to 5, in water. The "substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5" is a substituent representing a proton-dissociating moiety of a compound having a pKa value of -10 to 5 as measured in water.
A pKa value is a value defined, e. g. , in Yasuhiko Sawaki, Kisokagaku Course Buturiyukikagaku, pp. 47-60, Maruzen (1999) pKa values of a variety of compounds are given in M.B. Smith & J. March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry 5th Ed., p.
329, Table 8.1, John Wiley & Sons (2001) and references cited therein, from which pKa values of substituents can be derived.
pKa values of compounds not found in the literature can be obtained according to the method taught in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed.), Jikken Kagaku Koza 1 Kihon Sosa I (4th ed.), p. 115, Maruzen (1990) based on the definition of a pKa value.
The pKa value of a weak acid can be obtained as a relative value in accordance with the method described in Yasuhiko Sawaki, Kisokagaku Course Buturiyukikagaku, p. 50, Maruzen (1999).
Since a pKa value varies depending on such an environment as a solvent, the method described in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed. ), Jikken Kagaku Koza 9 Denki=Jiki (4th ed. ), p. 286, Maruzen (1991) may be followed.
Note that a pKa value of an arbitrary substituent in a compound is greatly influenced by the structure of the compound so that an actual value may differ from a value estimated from another compound. Although it is possible to measure the pKa value of a dissociating group of a compound by use of the above-described method, it is not easy to systematically 20, comprehend the measured values in, for example, assigning the measured values because, for one thing, moieties other than the dissociating group can influence the measurements.
Hence, in the present invention, a pKa value of an arbitrary substituent of a compound is represented not by a value actually measured on the compound but by a general pKa value of a corresponding functional group. Evaluation is preferably made by utilizing the pKa value of a dissociating group of a compound whose structure near the dissociating group is analogous to that of the compound to be evaluated so as to minimize thesubstituent effect orsteric effect. For example, for expressing the pKa value of a carboxyl group in a certain compound A in which the carboxyl group is bonded to a benzene ring, the pKa value of benzoic acid (=4.2) or a derivative thereof in which the kind and the position of substituents on the benzene ring are similar to those of the compound A
can be used. The pKa values used in the invention for qualitatively defining a compound are those measured in water.
Substituents the pKa value of which falls between -10 and 5 include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxyl group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, and a dihydroxyphosphino group, with a sulfo group and a carboxyl group being preferred.
While a dissociating group is expressed in a non-dissociated form or a salt form in the present invention, it is possible for the compound to be present actually in a dissociated state, a non-dissociated state or a dissociated/non-dissociated mixed state in an arbitrary ratio.
The actual state of a dissociating group depends on the environment in which the compound is placed.
The number of the substituents whose pKa value is between -10 and 5 per molecule is 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, still preferably 4 or more. The substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 can be bonded at any positions in the azo compound independently of each other. Where the substituents are water-soluble groups, it is advisable to space them out according to the teachings about factors directly acting on cellulose fiber in Kazuo Kondo (editorial supervisor) , Senshoku (3rd ed.), Tokyo Denki University Publishing Dep.
(1987).
It is preferred that at least one substituent, particularly two or more substituents, having a pKa value of -10 to 5 be positioned on each side of the azo group -N=N-. Applied to preferred azo compounds represented by formula (5-I), this means that Het (A5) andHet (B5) each carryat least one substituent, particularly two or more substituents, having a pKa value of -10 to 5.
The improvement of ozone resistance of a color image by the specific azo compound could be accounted for by the action of an appropriate number of appropriate dissociating groups disposed on appropriate positions as well as the above-described inf luences of thespecific oxidation potential..
It is considered that such configuration of the specific dissociating groups in an azo compound increases the directness of the compound. It would follow that the azo compound in ink can be fixed at a desired position of an image-receiving medium. In other words, the configuration of the dissociating groups seem to produce a mordant ing action between an azo compound and an image-receiving medium. This is not inconsistent with the results of a water resistance test in Examples hereinafter given. Assuming that high water resistance of a color image of an azo dye owes to firm mordanting between the azo dye and an image-receiving medium, the dyeing power could be estimated in a water resistance test. In fact, Examples hereinafter given demonstrate that images having satisfactory ozone resistance also have satisfactory water resistance, revealing some relationship between mordanting and ozone resistance.
The azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition of the invention is pref erably a compound represented by formula (5-1):
Het (A5) -N=N-Het ( B5) (5-1) wherein Het (B5) :
R$4 R55 /
P ~~--N ( 5 - I I ) -N 1, R57 R5a In formula (5-1) , Het (A5) represents a substituted 5-or 6-membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring are a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an isooxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyridine ring, apyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring. Preferred of them are a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a pyridine ring, and a pyrazine ring.
Still preferred are an isothiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a 1,2,4-thiadiazole ring, a 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole ring, anda pyridine ring. A pyrazole ring is particularly preferred.
The heterocyclic ring as represented by Het(AS) may have a substituent apart from the above-described substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5. Suitable substituents the heterocyclic ring can have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group and a bicycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group (including an anilino group), an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an arylazo group, a heterocyclic azo group, an imido group, aphosphino group, aphosphono group, aphosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, and a silyl group.
Of these substituents those having a hydrogen atom may further be substituted with the above-described substituent.
Examples of such substituents the heterocyclic ring can have include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group.
The substituents on the heterocyclic ring may be connected to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon or heterocyclic condensed ring. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group as Het(A5) may have its nitrogen atom quaternized. Where the heterocyclic ring shows tautomerism, the compound includes both tautomers even where only one of them is described.
In formula (5-II) representing Het (B5) , A51 and A5Z each represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that they do not represent a nitrogen atomsimultaneously. Itispreferred that A51 and A52 both represent a carbon atom.
R 54 and R55 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group (which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), a carbamoyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydroxyl group. R54 and R55 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group (which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group. R54 and R55 each still preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or a carboxyl group. In particular, R 54 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an aryl group, a carboxyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, still preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and R55 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or a carboxyl group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, a cyano group or a carbamoyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a cyano group.
R56~ RS7 ~ R58, and R59 each represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. R56, R57, R58, and R59 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
Inparticular, R56 and R57 each preferably represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; R58 preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; and R59 preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
Where the substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5 is in the moiety Het(B5), i.e., at any one or more positions selected from R54, R55, R56, R57, R5~ and R59, it is preferably at any one or more positions selected from R56, R57 , R58 and R59, particularly R56 or R57.
The substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5 may be bonded either directly or via an arbitrary divalent linking group. The divalent linking group includes those derived from the above-recited monovalent substituents by removing a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of such linking groups are an alkylene group (e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene or pentylene), an arylene group (e.g., phenylene, naphthylene or 2,4,6-trimethylphenylene), an alkenylene group (e.g., ethenylene or propenylene), an alkynylene group (e.g., ethynylene or propynylene), an amido linkage, an ester linkage, a sulfonamido linkage, a sulfonic acid ester linkage, a urea group, a sulf onyl group, a sulf inyl group, a thio-ether linkage, an ether linkage, a carbonyl group, -N(Rq)- (wherein Rq represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group), a divalent heterocyclic group (e.g., benzothiazole-2,6-diyl, 6-chloro-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl, pyrimidine-2,4-diyl or quinoxaline-2,3-diyl),and a combination of two or more thereof.
These linking groups or linkages may have an arbitrary substituent(s).
While the azo group in the azo compounds of the second preferred embodiment of the present invention can be an azo type -N=N- or a hydrazo type =N-NH- according to the structure, both are described as an azo type in the chemical structures given herein. The azo compounds can show tautomerism depending on the environment in which they are placed. While only one of the tautomers is described, the other tautomer is included under the scope of the invention.
Of the compound represented by formula (5-I) those represented by formula (5-III) are particularly preferred:
R51 R52 _ R54 R55 Rss (5-III ) N,N ' N=N ~ N NR57 Rse wherein R59, R55, R56, R57, R58, and R59 are as defined above;
R51 and R52 have the same meaning as R54 and R55; and R53 has the same meaning as R56, R57, R58, and R59; with proviso that the compound contains at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 at any one or more positions selected from R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, R57, R58, and R59.
In formula ( 5-III ), R51 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, still preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. R52 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group, still preferably a cyano group. R53 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, still preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. Preferred ranges of R54, R55' R56, R57 , R58, and R59 are the same as those described above.
The configuration of the substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in formula (5-III) is desirably such that at least one, preferably two or more are at positions selected from R51, R52, and R53, and at least one, preferably two or more are at positions selected from R59, R55, R56, R57/ R58, and R59 (at least two in total) . Of the positions R51, R 52 and R53 the position R53 is preferred. Of the positions R59, R55I R56' RS~~
R58, and R59 the positions R56, R57, R58, and R59 are preferred.
The position R56 or R57 is still preferred.
Specific examples of azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition of the present invention are listed below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
IC4Hy CN AcNH HOOC CN AcNH
~ -N CHZCOOH -N CH2COOH
1N=N
N N,N NN-N ~}-N
N N-COOH (5-1) COOH (5-2) H3C CN AcNH tC4H9 CN AcNH
N' N=N~ NQ N N1 N=N~~njCH2COOH
N N CHZCOOH
COOH
SO3H (5-3) COOH (5-4) 'C4H9 CN AcNH COOH 'C4H q CN
N
N,N1 N=N-~\ ~N N,N=N
N ~N ~--N
NC / CN s / S03H HN ~
~ ~ HO,s~ ~ to ~
CN (5-5) COOH SO3H (5-6) COOH So3H
CN AcNH
CH2COOH AcNH
N, N=N N N (CHz)3S03H
s N CH2COOH N,S N=N\~}-IV
-7) N%/(5-8)C2H
(5-7) 5 (CH2)3SO3H ICqHg CN AcNH
S AcNH N CH2COOH
FS -N (CH2)3SO3H N\ N=N~ i}-N
N,N~--N=N~~N N N(CH2)aS03H
N (CH2)3SO3H (CH2)4SO3H
(5-9) (5-10) Table 5-1 Het(A5)-N=N \ ~/N ~ ~ COOH
N H
HN
qOOH
Het(AS)-H3C CN HOOCH2C CN Ph CN
N S NS, N S' NS' (5-21) (5-22) (5-23) (5-24) /
H3C HOOCH2C HO3S ~ N
NCZ~ NC~~ NC S
(5-25) (5-26) (5-27) "C4H9S02 HO3S
N /- N~ EtS~S/'- HOOCHZCS~S
(5-28) (5-29) (5-30) (5-31) EtO HO ~S(5 ~ 32) -33) NC N (5-34) COOEt NC N ~ N/ ~
N (5-35) N (5-36) N (5-37) COOH 'COO~Bu COOMe H3C CN tC4H9 CN 'C4H9 CN 'C4H9 CN rC4H9 CN
N N S"'N O' N SvN
~
P (5-42) CN CN
(5-38) (5-39) HO3(5 40) (5 41) Table 5-2 Het(A5)-N=N ., N &COOH
N H
HN
COOH
Het(A5)-SOgH
H3C CN HOOCH2C CN Ph CN
N N, N, N~
, S (5-43) S (5-44) S (5-45) S (5-46) /
N'\ N1, HO3S N
N~ N C V S/- NC S
(5-47) (5-48) (5-49) "CqH9S02 I N HO3S
~-N N-N+' N'-N
N,t -- N, '-- EtS~!!/- HOOCH CS~!
S S Z S
(5-50) (5-51) (5-52) (5-53) EtO HO ~ 1 ~~---S(5-54) O S(5-55) NC N (5-56) ~COOEt NC Nr Nr ~r (5-57) (5-58) N (5-59) [ICOOH COOrBu ~=COOMe H3C CN 'C4Hy CN fC4Hy CN fC4Hy CN 'C4H9 CN
N ' N~ N~ 1 N~ 1 N
N N N N N
NC
/ I S" N S~N O~N S~N
~ b ~
N cN (5-64) C
~ ~ (5-60) (5-61) HO3S (5-62) (5-63) Table 5-3 Het(AS)-N=N \/ N ~ ~ COOH
N H
HN
qOOH
Het(A)-SO'3H
H3C CN HOOCH2C CN Ph CN
N N/ , S (5-65) S (5-66) S' (5-67) NS (5-68) NNC~- H03S NC S
(5-69) (5-70) (5-71) "C4H9S02 HO3S
~-N N N,-N~Nj-N
N. N. EtS-' HOOCHzCS''\
S S S S
(5-72) (5-73) (5-74) (5-75) H'C CN H3C CN NC
Et0 HO ~ ' ~,--NC N
S(5-76) S (5-77) (5-78) COOEt /
NC HO3S~ N HA ~-- N
~ /-- N N N
NC N (5-79) (5-80) (5-81) L, ~ I
COOH COO'B u \ COOM e H3C CN IC4Hy CN IC4H9 CN I CqHy CN tCqHy CN
N' N, N, N N/ , N N N N N
NC / S" '~ N S" '-N O" '- N S~N
~ I CN - - -CN (5-86) (5-82) (5-83) HOOC (5-84) (5-85) Table 5-3 (cont'd) 'C4H9 CN H3C H3C /\ tC4Hy CN H3C H3C /\
N ~'NN=N N CH3 N~ NN " N CH3 N ~=N N N ~=N
SI~N HN H3C S/ Slill N HN H3C S
/
H3C H3C / \
(5-87) COOH (5-88) SO3H
'C,aH9 CN H3C H3C /\ IC4H9 CN H3C H3C /\
N N N=N N CH3 N N~ N=N N CH3 N ~=N I }=N
S" '-N HN H3C S S/~N HN H3C S
(5-89) (5-90) COOH COOH
tC4H9 CN H3C /\ CN H3C H3C /\
N N N N CH3 N N~ N=N \~ N CH3 N ~=N ' N ~-- N
S" 'N HN H3C S/ S/~N HN H3C S
\ / -(5-91) (5-92) -CN H3C H3C /\ tC4H9 CN H3C H3C /\ S03H
NN\ N=N \ ~ N CH3 N N\N=N \~ N CH3 N I N
S" '-N HN H3C S SJII N HN H3C
s (5-93) (5-94) Table 5-4 ,CqHy CN H3C CN CH3 N/N=N \/N CH3 N N H
H3C qH3 o - COOH SO H
(5-95) (5 96) (5-97) (5-98) NH(CHZ)2S03H
CHZCOOH N--<
SO2N N-<\ N
NH(CH2)ZS03H
(5-99) (5-100) NHCH2COOH NH(CHZ)2S03H
! N~ N~
N\ N SOZNH\ ~ N
H
N~
~NHCHZCOOH N~NH(CH2)ZS03H
(5-101) (5-102) S_ ~ S03H g' ~ /COOH g S03H
----~N T,71~' (5-103) N ~ COOH (5-104) N (5-105) COOH
CHZCOSH -S ~ S02N g ~ SOZNH ~ COOH
CHZCOSH --{~ ~
(5-106) N r (5-107) SO N
--/\O 2 CHZCOOH , NHSOZ
S
(5-108-1) c COOH (5-108-2) NNH(CHZ)2S03H N SCH2COOH N N(CH2COOH)2 =~ --={
--~N--{N (5-109~N--{N (5-110) ~N- {N (5-111) NH(CHZ)ZS03H SCH2COOH N(CH2COOH)2 t C4Hg CN H3C R5 CH3 Table 5-5 ~\ N=N N CH3 N N
H3C o R 53= R57 COOH
/_~ COOH / ~
(5-112) (5-113) (5-114) (5-115) COOH COOH COOH
COOH COOH
COOH 0 / COOH / ~ COOH
COOH 5-116) COOH (5-117) COOH(5-118) COOH (5-119) o S03H /-~
(5-120) (5-121) (5-122) (5-123) P S03H o Q S03H O S03H
S03H (5-124) S03H (5-125) S03H (5-126) S03H (5-127) o S02NCH2COOH O NHCO 9 aNHS02 q (5-128) (5-129) SO3H (5-130) COOH
SO2NH 0 SO2NH 0 S02NH &SO3H
(5-131CO0H (5-132) SO3H (5-133) Table 5-5 (cont'd) 'C4H9 CN H3C Rs~CH3 ~~N=
-~ N N~ N CH3 N
R 53= R57 g COOH ~g ~ COOH
~S I~
N NCOOH NCOOH
(5-134) (5-135) (5-136) g S03Na S J~ SO3H S
N'\% N"~%~SO3H N SO3H
(5-137) (5-138) (5-139) g COOH S ~ COSH S PO(OH)' N / N I/ N I /
COOH (5-140) (5-141) (5-142) N
~S I / CHZCOONa ~S I , '(CH2)9S03H
(5-143) CHZCOONa (5-144) '(CH2)3S03H
N I~ COONa N I~ SO3H
~S v 'SO NH / ~ --/S~ v 'SOz _ NH /
z (5-145) ' (5-146) COONa SOsH
N \ COOH N SO3Na S ' / NHSO2 _ / ~ S NHCO ~
(5-147) COOH (5-148) SO3Na The coloring composition of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it contains the above-described specific azo compound. The coloring composition can contain other various components according to the intended use. For example, for use as an ink composition, the coloring composition is prepared by dissolving and/or dispersing the azo compound in a medium, either oil-soluble or water-soluble, and adding appropriate additives hereinafter described to the solution or dispersion to impart properties and performance required of an ink composition.
The coloring composition can contain components for use as a color toner composition such as those disclosed in JP-A-7-209912, components for use as a resist composition for a color filter such as those disclosed in JP-A-6-35182, or components for use as a thermal transfer dye donating material (ink sheet) such as those disclosed in JP-A-7-137466.
The azo compounds used in the coloring composition of the invention can have selected substituents so as to exhibit physical properties desired for intended applications, such as solubility, dispersibility, and thermal mobility. The azo compounds are used in a selected form fit for intended applications, such as a solution or a dispersion (e.g., an emulsion or a suspension).
The coloring composition of the present invention is applicable to various image recording materials, particularly color image recording materials. Specifically, the coloring composition is applicable to ink jet recording materials, heat-sensitive recording materials, pressure-sensitive recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing ink formulations, recording pens, ink compositions, and so forth. It is particularly suitable for ink compositions and ink jet recording materials. The coloring composition also f inds application to color f ilters in solid-state image sensors, such as CCDs, and image displays, such as LCDs and PDPs, and dye baths for textile.
Third preferred embodiment The method of improving ozone gas resistance of a color image according to the third preferred embodiment of the invention is characterized by using a compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE. A compound having a nobler oxidation potential brings better results.
A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.1 V
(vs. SCE) is still preferred. A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than1.2 V(vs.SCE)is particularly preferred.
In the study on ozone resistance of a color image, the present inventors have found that there is a correlation between the oxidation potential of a coloring compound used for forming a color image and ozone resistance. They have ascertained that ozone resistance can be improved by using a compound whose oxidation potential is nobler than 1.0 V with respect to a saturated calomel electrode (SCE).
The improvement of ozone resistance of a color image by the compound according to the invention can be accounted for by the relationship between the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the compound and a lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of ozone gas. That is, reaction occurs between the HOMO of a coloring compound and the LUMO of ozone to oxidize the coloring compound, which is considered to cause ozone resistance reduction of a color image: Therefore, ozone resistance improvement will be established by reducing the HOMO of a coloring compound to reduce its reactivity with ozone gas.
Oxidation potential Eo,s represents electron mobility from a sample to an electrode. The higher (the nobler) the EaX, the less mobile the electrons, i.e., the less susceptible to oxidation the sample. In relation to a chemical structure, EoXbecomes nobler with an electron-attracting group introduced therein, and it becomes less noble with an electron-donating group introduced therein.
Eo,t indicates the potential of the anode at which a compound lose its electrons in volutammetry as hereinafter described in detail. It is considered that EoX approximates to the energy level of HOMO of a compound in its ground state.
Eo,, can easily be measured by one skilled in the art.
Reference can be made, e.g., in P. Delalhay, New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Interscience Publishers (1954), A. J. Bard, et al., Electrochemical Methods, John Willey & Sons (1980), and Akira Fujishima, et al., Denkikagaku Sokuteiho, Gihodo (1984).
Oxidation potential is measured with a DC polarographic system or a cyclic volutammetric system. A sample to be measured is dissolved in a solution of a supporting electrolyte, such as sodium perchlorate or tetrapropylammonium perchlorate, in a solvent, such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, in a concentration of 1 x 10-9 to 1 x 10-6 mol/l, and the electric potential of the working electrode is measured using an SCE
as a reference electrode. Appropriate electrolyte and solvent are selected according to the oxidation potential or solubility of the sample. For the details of such selection reference can be made to A. Fujushima, et al., Denkikagaku Sokuteiho, pp. 101-118, Gihodo (1984).
The oxidation potential measurements can vary by about several tens of millivolts by the influences of potential difference between different liquids, resistance of the sample solution, etc. Correction can be made for such variation by using a standard sample (e.g., hydroquinone) thereby to assure reproducibility of the measurements.
In the present invention, oxidation potential measurement was made by DC polarography using an N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing 0.1 mol=dm 3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm"3 of a sample compound, an SCE as a reference electrode, a graphite electrode as a working electrode, and a platinum electrode as a counter electrode.
Oxidation potential also varies according to the structure of a compound. In order to reduce the reactivity with ozone, an electrophilic reagent, it is preferred to select a compound structure inherently having a noble oxidation potential from the standpoint of not only ozone resistance but molecular designing with ease of introducing an arbitrary electron-attracting or donating group to adjust color fastness, hue, and physical properties.
For example, it is desirable for reducing the reactivity with electrophilic ozone that an electron-attracting group be introduced into an arbitrary position of a compound structure thereby to make the oxidation potential nobler. A Hammett's substituent constant op value can be made use of as a measure for electron attraction or donation of a substituent. The oxidation potential can be made nobler by introducing a substituent having a large op value.
The Hammett'ssubstituentconstantap value is explained here briefly. Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L.P. Hammett in 1935 in an attempt to discuss quantitatively the influences of substituents on reaction and equilibrium of benzene derivatives and is today generally admitted to be valid. Substituent constants used in Hammett's rule include a op value and a om value. These values are found in many general books, such.as J.A. Dean (ed.), Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, 12th Ed., McGraw-Hill (1979) and Kagaku-no-ryoiki, Extra No. 122, pp. 96-103, Nankodo (1979).
A maximum absorption wavelength and a half-value width which are used to characterize the compound of the present invention can easily be measured by one skilled in the art.
Reference can be made, e. g. , in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed.), Jikken Kagaku Koza 7 Bunko II, 4th Ed., pp. 175-199, Maruzen (1992). Specifically, measurements are made with a spectrophotometer using two quartz- or glass-made cells, one for a sample solution and the other for a control. The solvent for the sample solution is chosen arbitrarily from among those capable of dissolving the sample, having no absorption in the evaluation wavelength region, having small interaction with solute molecules, and having not so high volatility. In the present invention, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) was used for the measurement.
As for measurement of half-value with of an absorption spectrum, the description of Jikken Kagaku Koza 7 Bunko II, 4th Ed., ibid, p. 154 can be referred to. A half-value width of an absorption spectrum represents a width of an absorption band at a half of the peak absorbance, which is used to describe the shape of the absorption band. A spectrum having a small half-value width is sharp, and one having a large half-value width is broad. Since existence of unnecessary absorptions in the shorter and the longer wavelength sides has no good influences on color reproduction, a dye having a spectrum with a smaller half-value with is preferred for hue. The maximum absorption wavelength and the half-value width used in the present invention are those measured on a DMF solution containing 5 x 10-5 mol=dm-3 of a sample compound using quartz cells having an optical path length of 1 cm.
The compound used in the present invention which has a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower serves as a magenta dye. The maximum absorption wavelength is preferably between 520 nm and 580 nm, still preferably between 520 nm and 570 nm, for a better hue. The half-value width is preferably 110 nm or less, still preferably 90 nm or less.
Compounds having the above-described physical properties are selected arbitrarily from azo dyes, quinone dyes, cyanine dyes, cationic dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, indigo dyes, fulgide dyes, intermolecular charge-transfer dyes, and.
the like. While dye compounds of any of these types are serviceable in the present invention, azo compounds are particularly preferred for their wide selection of tones and ease of synthesizing compounds satisfying the requirements for oxidation potential and hue. While the compounds which can be used in the present invention will further be described with particular reference to azo compounds, the description applies appropriately to other different dye structures and is not construed as being limiting the invention.
Compounds satisfying the condition as to oxidation potential can be obtained not only through actual oxidation potential measurement as described above but molecular design based on a chemical structure. It is known that a compound's oxidation potential relates to the energy level of the compound's HOMO as taught in Manabu Seno-o, et al. (ed.), Daigakuin Buturikagaku (Chu), pp. 534-536, Kodansha Scientific (1992) and Yasuhiko Sawaki, Kisokagaku Course Buturiyukikagaku, pp.
187-189, Maruzen (1999) Accordingly, oxidation potential of a compound can be brought nearer to a desired level by adj usting the HOMO level.
Before adjustment of a compound's HOMO level, it is necessary to grasp the HOMO level by any known technique.
A compound's HOMO level can be calculated backward from the oxidation potential or by a molecular orbital method. The latest molecular orbital methods and details therefor are described in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed. ), Kikan Kagaku Sousetu No. 46 Koseido Bunshi Sekkei to Shinsozai Kaihatsu - Kinokagaku no Shintenkai wo Mezashite -, pp. 65-96, Japan Scientific Societies Press (2000 ), and Sumio Tokita, Electronics Kanren Shikiso - Genjo to Shorai Tenbo -, pp. 20-25, CMC (1998) .
While it is desirable to obtain proper calculation results by as accurate molecular orbital calculations as possible, it may be convenient to use simpler calculations according to the required level of accuracy.
The relation between the structure of an azo compound and its HOMO level will be discussed with reference to substituent effects and a color development structure. Makoto Ohkawara, et al. , Kinousei Shikiso, pp. 39-42, Kodansha Scientific (1992), Makoto Ohkawara, et al., Kinosei Shikiso no Kagaku, pp. 43-45, CMC (1981), and Sumio Tokita, Kihousei Shikiso no Bunshi Sekkei - PPP Bunshikidoho to sono katuyo, pp. 89-108, Maruzen (1989) describe substituent effects in relation to an absorption wavelength shift and an orbital energy level. It is understood that the HOMO level can be adjusted by introducing an arbitrary substituent to a position having a large HOMO coefficient.
That is, introducing an electron-attracting substituent results in reduction in HOMO level, and introducing an electron-donating substituent results in increase in HOMO level.
In case an oxidation potential of a certain compound does not reach the range specified in the present invention, it can be raised to a desired level by introducing substituents according to the molecular designing guidelines as taught.
In this case, a proper substituent can be selected by making use of the aforementioned Hammett's substituent constant op value. To know molecular orbitals by the molecular orbital method issignificant for knowing the HOMO coefficient. However, there is a limit in improvement by the substituent effects.
It is easily anticipated that introducing many substituents would make dye synthesis difficult. Further, substitution is accompanied by hue changes, making it difficult to satisfy both requirements for oxidation potential and hue. It would be possible but probably very difficult to accomplish the objects of the invention merely by introducing substituents into known compounds. Because of the difficulties in freely and broadly adjusting a HOMO level of a compound by simply utilizing the substituent effects, it is recognized that manipulations should be added to the color development structure per se.
The color development structure will then be discussed.
The color development structure may be either an azobenzene structure, which is a basic structure, or a heterylazo structure having a hetero ring. Considering that not only oxidation potential but absorption characteristics should be controlled, it is easier to make physical properties fall within the specific ranges by optimizing the color development structure than by utilizing the substituent effects. That is, as is easily anticipated, thefreedom of molecular design would be broadened when a color development structure with a minimized HOMO level and a hue close to a desired one is selected as a basic structure into which a substituent is introduced to have an adjusted oxidation potential and an adjusted hue, as compared with adjustment relying on the above-mentioned substituent effects only. From this viewpoint, a heterylazo type compound is deemed preferred.
Makoto Ohkawara, et al., Kinousei Shikiso, p. 42, Kodansha Scientific (1992) supra shows examples in which use of a hetero ring, especially a sulfur-containing hetero ring, results in a shift of an absorption wavelength to a longer wavelength side. It is thought that utilization of such a color development system broadens the freedom of choice of an employable substituent and then makes it easier to design a compound that can achieve the objects of the invention.
In addition to the whole structure of a color development system and the substitute effects, other factors that influence the color development system of dyes include intermolecular and intramolecular actions, solvent effects, tautomerism, acid-base equilibrium, steric effects, and so forth as described in Kinosei Shikiso no Kagaku, pp. 58-63, CMC (1981).
A compound designed to have the above-recited half-value width in its absorption spectrum gives a color image with a satisfactory hue. As taught by SumioTokita in Chemical Seminar 9 Color Chemistry, pp. 150-161, Maruzen (1982), hues are always influenced by rlot only the energy level of electrons but the levels of molecular vibration or rotation. It is expected therefore that reduction of the influences by molecular vibration or rotation will make an absorption band narrower and sharper with a narrower half-value width. Approaches for reducing the contribution of molecular vibration and rotation to a hue include introduction of a sterically large substituent into a proper position for suppressing rotation of an arbitrary bond.
From the above-described experimentation and observations it has been revealed that a combination of the specific oxidation potential and half-value width according to the present invention yields a color image excellent in-ozone gas resistance and hue. Of the compounds having the combination of the specific oxidation potential and half-value width which can be used in the present invention preferred are azo compounds represented by formula (7):
A6-N=N-B6 (7) wherein A6 and B6 each represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group.
The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group as A6 or B6 is preferably one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl or anthracenyl, each of which may have a substituent ( s).
Two substituents on the aryl group may be connected to each other to form a condensed ring.
The substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group as A6 or B6 is preferably one having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazyl, pyrimidyl pyridazyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinozolinyl, each of which may have a substituent(s). Tow substituents on the heteryl group may be connected to each other to form a condensed ring.
Where the heteryl group contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom may be a quaternarized one. It is preferred that at least one of A6 and B6 be a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group. It is still preferred that both A6 and B6 be a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group.
Of the above-described azo compounds, those having a heterylazo type color development structure are particularly successful in achieving the objects of the invention. Based on this knowledge, the inventors have reached compounds whose oxidation potential, maximum absorption wavelength, and half-value width fall within the above-specified ranges and which accomplish the objects of the invention.
The following list is specific examples of the azo compounds which are included in the compounds having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower. These examples are given for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
'Bu CN H3C CN 'Bu CN H3C CN
Nf N=N ~ NH t ~~'N=N NH
N \ N / ~
S N HN - 6- (1) S'I~ N HN 6- (2) / nCeH17 - / ~
- nCeH17 n CeHi7 CI CaH17 'Bu CN H3C CN 'Bu CN H3C CN
N N\ N=N NH N' \ N=N ~ NH
N N \ N
/ ~
S~ N HN - 6- (3) S~N HN 6-(4) nCaHt7 - ~ nCeHt7 CH nCeH17 \ NO nCaH17 'Bu CN H3C CONH2 tBu CN H C
N N\ =N NH N N=N
I N N i NH
~ HN N
SlN - 6- (5) SAIN HN /\ 6-(6) nCayt7 - ~ ~
~ / - - nCsHi7 nCaHt7 CaH17 tBu CN CN Ph CN H3C CN
N'~
N NN J:_ / NH N' \ N=N NH
N / ~ N \ N
S~N HN S~N H / ~
- / 6-t~ - 6- (8) n CeHl 7 - ~ nCeHt7 RCaH17 "CeHt7 iBu CN CN rBu CN CN
~ ~ - eHi7 '/
N. N=N \/ N C N \ N=N \ / NH
NC / HN N CeH17 NC HN N
Ac 6- (9) Ac 6- (10) CN CN
'Bu CN rBu CN H3C CN CH3 / N Ca - H ~I-NN-4i--cH3 NN \~K ~-N CeHi7 N
NC / f HNAc 6-(11) S' N HN CH3 CH3 6-(12) ~ CN H3C / \
CN \ / -'eu CN H3C O CH3 1Bu CN H3C CH3 N N=N N CH3 N 1 N=N N CH3 N N N
S, ~11 N HN CH3 CH3 6- (13) S" 'N HN CH3 CH3 6_(14) H3C ~ H3C \
- -'Bu CN H3C H3C /\ tBu CN H3C H3C o N ' NN N CH3 N' N=N / N CH3 %
N N N N \ N SOZCH3 S~N HN HaC S (15) S~i HN H3C
6-(16) H3C ~ \ H3C ~ \
- -rBu CN CN rBu CN
~aH
N~ ~ N=N N NJ ' N= N
N N
~~BH17 6- (17) j-CH3 6-(18) CN CN
fBu CN 1Bu CN AcHN
, - /-COOC12I-125 \ - C3HeCOONa N, N=N ~~ N
N \--COOCizH2s N C2H5 CN HN 6- (19) C) / CI
~-CH3 COONa 6-(~) N
COONa tBu CN AcHN 'Bu CN AcH
~ - C4H8SO3Na ~ C3H6COONa N=N N
N N=N N N.
N CZH5 N C2Hs CI CI 6-(21) CI /' CI SO 6-(22) S03Na 3Na HN-CO o HN-CO o rBu CN AcHN CN AcH
~ - CeH77 NN=N N N, \ N= ~~ N
N
CeHn CI CI CI CI 6- (24) NHCOCH3 6- (23) 0 OC2H5 CI Ci 6-(25) 6-(26) CN CN
NI \ N=N S' N~ ' N=N S
N N="N,CaH13 N N--" N~
CI / CI ~ C~ C~
I CaH~3 / ~
CH3 CN H3C CN 6-(27) H3C CN H9C CH 6- (28) N~ \ NN \ / NH N~ \N=N ~ N CH3 N S \ N
nCeHt7 H9C 0 nCaH17 CH3 H3C H3C H3C CH3 6- (30) N-N 6- (29) N
EtS~S~N=N NH NC~~N=N N CH
N / ~ S 3 HN _ HN CH3 CH3 0 nCBHl7 H3C o nCeHi7 CH3 H3C CN H3C CN "8uSO2 H3C CONH2 6- (32) 6-(31) N
EtOOC / S\ N NH S~N=N ~ NH
HN HN N
nCeH17 0 nCaHt7 nCeHt7 nCeH77 tBu CN H3C H3C o N 2 Ct~
N N R
R~ HN H3C
H3C / \
R' R2 H
6- (33) --~S~N O / ~ S j ~ O
N I / O N / O
H
6- (~) --{ I yl~
- --< I
N / O N /
\ N O / \ S
H
S N
6 _ {35) I / O
N / \N I /
d'CeH
S ~ NHSOz 6- (36) \ r -SO2CH3 ~N / CaHi7 S SO2NH-(CF-!2)3O
S S02NH-(CH~3O-CH BH~~
6-.(37) --~~ ' CeH1a ~ ~ / -N N
COONa COONa 6- (38) - -\ , -N COONa N COONa 6- (39) ~N I /
As is recognizable from the above list of useful compounds, it is impossible to estimate an oxidation potential of an azo compound from its chemical structure. In other words, a compound with desired physical properties can be obtained by optimizing the aforementioned various factors.
The method of the present invention for improving ozone resistance is applicable to various image recording materials, particularly color image recording materials. Specifically, the method is applicable to ink jet recording materials, heat-sensitive recording materials, pressure-sensitive recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing inks, recordingpens,andso forth. It is particularly effective on ink jet recording materials, heat-sensitive recording materials, and electrophotographic recording materials. The most preferred application is ink jet recording.
The method also finds application to color filters for solid-state image sensors, such as CCDs and CMOSs, image displays, such as LCDs and PDPs, and dye baths for textile.
The method of the invention is embodied by preparing a compound having selected substituents according to molecular design so as to exhibit physical properties fit for an intended application, such as solubility, dispersibility, and thermal mobility. The compound can be used in a selected form suited to an intended application, such as a solution or a dispersion (e.g., an emulsion or a suspension).
[INK COMPOSITION FOR INK-JET RECORDING]
The ink-jet ink composition according to the present invention is prepared by dissolving and/or dispersing the above-described azo dye in a lipophilic or aqueous medium.
Water-based ink compositions using an aqueous medium are preferred. Other necessary additives are added in ranges that do not impair the effects of the invention. Useful additives include drying preventives (wetting agents), emulsion stabilizers, penetrants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-browning agents, antifungals, pH adjustors, surface tension modifiers, defoaming agents, antiseptics, viscosity modifiers, dispersants, dispersion stabilizers, rust preventives, and chelating agents. These additives are directly added to a water-based ink formulation. Where an oil-soluble dye is used in the form of a dispersion, the additives are generally added to a prepared dye dispersion or, may be added to the oily phase or the aqueous phase in ink preparation.
Drying preventives are preferably used for the purpose of preventing clogging of nozzles due to ink drying.
Water-soluble organic solvents having a lower vapor pressure than water are preferred drying preventives. Examples of such water-soluble organic solvents include polyhydric alcohols, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol,1,2,6-hexanetriol,acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerol, and trimethylolpropane; lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols, such as ethylene glycol monomethyl (or monoethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or monoethyl) ether, and triethylene glycol monoethyl (or monobutyl) ether; heterocyclic compounds, such as 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethylmorpholine; sulfur-containing compounds, such as sulf olane, dimethyl sulf oxide, and 3-sulf olene; polyfunctional compounds, such as diacetone alcohol and diethanolamine; and urea derivatives. Preferred of them are polyhydric alcohols, such as glycerol and diethylene glycol. These drying preventives can be used either individually or as a combination of two or more thereof. A preferred content of the drying preventive in the ink composition is 10 to 50% by weight.
Penetrants are preferably added for the purpose of helping ink penetrate paper. Useful penetrants include alcohols, such as ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, di(or tri) ethylene glycolmonobutyl ether,andl,2-hexanediol;sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium oleate, and nonionic surface active agents. The content of the penetrant is decided so as not to cause feathering or strike-through. A penetrant content of 5 to 30% by weight in the ink composition will suffice to produce satisfactory effect.
UV absorbers are used to improve archival stability.
Useful UV absorbers include benzotriazole compounds disclosed, e.g., in JP-A-58-185677, JP-A-61-190537, JP-A-2-782, JP-A-5-197075; and JP-A-9-34057, benzophenone compounds described, e.g., inJP-A-46-2784,JP-A-5-194483,and andU.S. Pat 3,214,463, cinnamic acid compounds described, e.g., in JP-B-48-30492, JP-B-56-21141, and JP-A-10-88106, triazine compounds disclosed, e.g., JP-A-4-298503, JP-A-8-53427, JP-A-8-239368, JP-A-10-182621, and JP-W-8-501291 (the term "JP-W" as usedhereinmeans an unexaminedpublished international patent application), and the compounds given in Research Disclosure No. 24239. Compounds emitting fluorescence on UV
absorption, i.e., fluorescent brightening agents, such as stilbene derivatives and benzoxazole derivatives, are also useful.
Anti-browning agents are used to improve archival stability. Various organic or metal complex anti-browning agents are usable. Organic anti-browning agents include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, and heterocyclic compounds. Metal complex anti-browning agents include nickel complexes and zinc complexes. Specific examples of the anti-browning agents are given in Research Disclosure, No. 17643, VII-I to VII-J, ibid, No. 15162, ibid, No. 18716, p.' 650, left column, ibid, No. 36544, p. 527, ibid, No. 307105, p. 872, and the patents cited in ibid, No. 15162. The compounds represented by the general formulae and their specific examples described in JP-A-62-215272, pp. 127-137 are also useful.
Useful antifungals include sodium dehydroacetate, sodium benzoate, sodium pyridinethione-l-oxide, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, ad 1, 2-benzisothiazolin-3-one and its salts.
A preferred content of the antifungals in the ink composition ranges from 0.02 to 1.00% by weight.
Neutralizing agents,such asorganic basesandinorganic alkalis, can be used as pH adjustors. For the purpose of improving ink storage stability, pH adjustors are preferably added to adjust the ink composition at a pH of 6 to 10, particularly 7 to 10., taking use in summer into consideration.
Surface tension modifiers include nonionic, cationic or anionic surface active agents. It is preferred for the ink-jet ink composition to have a surface tension of 20 to 60 mN./m, particularly 25 to 45 mN/m. It is preferred for the ink composition to have a viscosity of 30 mPa=s or less, particularly 20 mPa=s or less.
Useful anionic surface active agents include fatty acid salts, alkylsulfates, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, dialkylsufosuccinates, alkylphosphoric estersalts,naphthalenesulfonicacid-formalin condensates, and polyethylene glycol alkylsulfates. Useful nonionic surface active agents include polyethylene glycol alkyl ethers, polyethylene glycol alkyl allyl ethers, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene alkylamines, glycerol fatty acid esters, ethylene oxide/propylene oxide block copolymers, and acetylenic diol-based surfactants available from Air Products & Chemicals, Inc. under the trade name Surfynol. Amine oxide type amphoteric surface active agents, such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxides, are useful as well. The surface active agents described in JP-A-59-157636, pp. 37-38 and Research Disclosure, No. 308119 (1989) are also useful.
Antifoaming agents which can be added if desired include fluorine-containing compounds, silicone compounds, and chelating agents, such as EDTA.
Where the azo dye of the invention is dispersed in an aqueous medium, techniques that are preferably taken are described in JP-A-11-286637 and Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2000-78491, 2000-80259, and 2000-62370, in which coloring particles comprising a dye and an oil-soluble polymer are dispersed in an aqueous medium, or Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2000-78454, 2000-78491, 2000-203856, and 2000-203857, in which a dye dissolved in a high-boiling organic solvent is dispersed in an aqueous medium. The particulars of the methods for dispersing the dye in an aqueous medium and the kinds and amounts of the materials used therefor (oil-soluble polymers, high-boiling organic solvents, and additives) are selected appropriately with reference to the publications cited above. It is also possible to finely disperse-the azo dye directly in an aqueous medium. Dispersants or surface active agents can help dispersing. Suitable dispersing apparatus include simple stirrers, impeller stirrers, in-line stirrers, mills (e.g., acolloidmill, aballmill, asandmill, anattritor, a roll mill or an agitator mill), ultrasonic stirrers, and high-pressure emulsifiers or homogenizers (e.g., Gaulin Homogenizer, Microfluidizer, and DeBEE2000).
In addition to the aforementioned literature, JP-A-5-148436, JP-A-5-295312, JP-A-7-97541, JP-A-7-82515, JP-A-7-118584, JP-A-11-286637, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-87539 furnish information about ink-jet ink formulations.
The aqueous medium which can be used in the ink composition of the present invention is water generally containing a water-miscible organic solvent. Useful water-miscible organic solvents include alcohols, e.g., methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, t-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, and benzyl alcohol; polyhydric alcohols, e.g., ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexanediol, pentanediol, glycerol, hexanetriol, and thiodiglycol; glycol derivatives, e.g., ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monophenyl ether; amines, e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, N-ethyldiethanolamine, morpholine, N-ethylmorpholine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, polyethylene-imine, and tetramethylpropylenediamine; and other polar solvents, e.g., formamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-oxazolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, acetonitrile, and acetone.
These solvents may be used either individually or as a combination of two or more thereof.
The ink-jet ink composition preferably contains the azo compound of the invention in a concentration of 0.2 to 10% by weight. The ink-jet 'ink composition may contain known colorants in addition to the azo compound of the invention.
In this case, it is preferred that a total concentration of colorants be within in the above range.
The ink-jet ink composition of the invention is used to form not only monochromatic but full color images. For full-color image formation, magenta ink, cyan ink, and yellow ink are used. Black ink may be used in combination for tone adjustment.
Yellow dyes to be used in combination are arbitrarily chosen. Useful yellow dyes include aryl or heterylazo dyes having, as a coupling component, phenols, naphthols, anilines, heterocyclic compounds (e.g., pyrazolone or pyridone), open-chain active methylene compounds, etc.; azomethine dyes having an open-chain active methylene compound as a coupling component; methine dyes such as benzylidene dyes and monomethine oxonol dyes; quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone dyes and anthraquinone dyes; quinophthalone dyes, nitro dyes, nitroso dyes, acridine dyes, and acridinone dyes.
Cyari dyes to be used in combination are arbitrary.
Useful cyan dyes include aryl or heterylazo dyes having phenols, naphthols, anilines, etc. as a coupling component; azomethine dyes having phenols, naphthols, heterocyclic compounds (e.g., pyrrolotriazole), etc. as a coupling component; polymethine dyes such as cyanine dyes, oxonol dyes, and merocyanine dyes;
carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, and xanthene dyes; phthalocyanine dyes; anthraquinone dyes; indigo dyes; and thioindigo dyes.
Yellow or cyan dyes which do not develop a color until part of their chromophore is dissociated are also useful.
Counter cations in this type of dyes include inorganic cations such as alkali metals or ammonium, organic cations such as pyridinium or a quaternary ammonium salt, or a polymeric cation having such a cation as a partial structure.
Black dyes which can be used in combination include disazo dyes, trisazo dyes, tetraazo dyes, and a carbon black dispersion.
[INK JET RECORDING METHOD]
Ink jet recording is carried out by supplying energy to ink-jet ink to form fine ink droplets which fly onto a known image-receiving medium to form an image. Known media include plain paper, resin-coated paper (for example, ink-jet papers disclosed in JP-A-8-169172, JP-A-8-27693, JP-A-2-276670, JP-A-7-276789, JP-A-9-323475, JP-A-62-238783, JP-A-10-153989, JP-A-10-217473, JP-A-10-235995, JP-A-10-337947, JP-A-10-217597, and JP-A-10-337947), films, electrophotographic papers, cloth, glass, metal, and earthenware.
Polymer latex compounds may be used for image formation to impart gloss, water resistance or improved weatherability to images. A latex compound is supplied to an image-receiving medium before, after or simultaneously with image formation.
In other words, a latex compound may be present in either the medium or the ink composition or be separately applied in the form of liquid. For the detail, Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2000-363090, 2000-315231, 2000-354380, 2000-343944, 2000-268952, 2000-299465, and 2000-297365 can be referred to.
Recording paper and recording film which can be used as an image-receiving medium to be ink-jet printed in the ink composition of the invention usually comprises a substrate and an ink-receptive layer, and, if desired, a backcoating layer. The substrate includes paper, synthetic paper, and plastic films. Paper as a substrate is prepared from a slurry of chemical pulp (e.g., LBKP or NBKP), mechanical pulp (e.g., groundwood pulp(GP),pressurized groundwood pulp(PGW),refiner mechanical pulp (RMP), thermo-mechanical pulp (TMP), chemothermo-mechanical pulp (CTMP), chemomechanical pulp (CMP) or chemogroundwood pulp (CGP))or used paper pulp(e.g.,de-inked pulp (DIP)) which can contain, if desired, known additives such as pigments, binders, sizes, fixatives, cationic agents, paper strengthening agents, and the like by papermaking techniques with a wire paper machine, a cylinder paper machine, etc. The substrate preferably has a thickness of 10 to 250 m and a basis weight of 10 to 250 g/m2.
Anink-receptive layer or a backcoating layer is provided on the substrate either directly or after sizing with starch, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. or forming an anchor coat. If necessary, the substrate is smoothened on a machine calender, a temperature-gradient calender, a soft nip calender, etc.
Preferred substrates are paper laminated on both sides with film of a polyolefin (e.g., polyethylene), polystyrene, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutene or a copolymer thereof and plastic films. It is desirable to add into the laminating resin a white pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide or zinc oxide) or a tinting material (e.g., cobalt blue, ultramarine or neodymium oxide).
The ink-receptive layer provided on the substrate comprises a pigment, preferably a white pigment, and an aqueous binder. Useful white pigments include inorganic ones, such as calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, clay, diatomaceous earth, synthetic amorphous silica, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, barium sulfate, calcium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc sulfide, and zinc carbonate; and organic ones, such as styrene plastic pigments, acrylic plastic pigments, urea resins, and melamine resins. Porous inorganic pigments arepreferred. Those with a large surface area, such as synthetic amorphous silica, are still preferred. Silicic acid anhydride obtained by a dry process and hydrous silicic acid obtained by a wet process are both usable. Hydrous silicic acid is particularly preferred.
Useful aqueous binders which can be used to form the ink-receptive layer include water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationic starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyalkylene oxides, and polyalkylene oxide derivatives; and water-dispersible polymers such as styrene-butadiene latices and acrylic emulsions. The aqueous binders are used either individually or as a combination thereof. Preferred of the recited binders are polyvinyl alcohol and silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol for their adhesion to pigment particles and capability of forming a.peel-resistant coat.
The ink-receptive layer can contain, in addition to the pigments and aqueous binders, mordants, waterproofing agents, light fastness improving agents, surface active agents, and other additives.
The mordant to be added to the ink-receptive layer is preferably immobilized. For this, polymeric mordants are preferably used. The details of useful polymeric mordants are given in JP-A-48-28325, JP-A-54-74430, JP-A-54-124726, JP-A-55-22766, JP-A-55-142339, JP-A-60-23850, JP-A-60-23851, JP-A-60-23852, JP-A-60-23853, JP-A-60-57836, JP-A-60-60643, JP-A-60-118834, JP-A-60-122940, JP-A-60-122941, JP-A-60-122942, JP-A-60-235134, JP-A-1-161236, and U.S.
Patents 2, 484, 430, 2,548,564, 3,148,061,3,309,690, 4,115,124, 4,124,386, 4,193,800, 4,273,853, 4,282,305, and 4,450,224.
In particular,the polymeric mordants described in JP-A-1-161236, pp. 212-215 are preferred for obtaining images of high image quality with improved light fastness.
The waterproofing agents, which are effective formaking images water-resistant, preferably include cationic resins, such as polyamide-polyamine epichlorohydrin, polyethylene-imine, polyamine sulfone, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride polymers, cationic polyacrylamide, and colloidal silica. Polyamide-polyamine epichlorohydrin is particularly preferred. A preferred cationic resin content in the image-receiving layer is 1 to 15% by weight, particularly 3 to 10% by weight.
The light fastness improving agents include zinc sulfate, zinc oxide, hindered amine antioxidants, and benzophenone or benzotriazole UV absorbers. Zinc sulfate is particularly suitable.
The surface active agents in the image-receiving layer function as a coating aid, a peel resistance improving agent, a slip improving agent or an antistatic agent. Useful surface active agentsare described in JP-A-62-173463and JP-A-62-183457.
Organic fluorine compounds may be used in place of the surface active agents. Hydrophobic organic fluorine compounds, such as fluorine surface active agents, oily fluorine compounds (e.g., fluorine oil), and solid fluorine compounds (e.g., tetrafluoroethylene resin), are preferred. Details of the organic fluorine compounds are described in JP-B-57-9053 (cols.
8-17), JP-A-61-20994 and JP-A-62-135826. Otheradditivesthat can be added to the ink-receptive layer include pigment dispersants, thickeners, defoaming agents, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, antiseptics, pH adjustors, matting agents, and hardeners. The ink-receptive layer can have a single or double layer structure.
The backcoating layer, which can be provided if desired, comprises a white pigment, an aqueous binder, and additives.
The white pigment includes inorganic ones such as light precipitated calcium carbonate, heavy calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide, zinc carbonate, satin white, aluminum silicate, diatomaceous earth, calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, synthetic amorphous silica, colloidal silica, colloidal alumina, pseudoboehmite, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, hydrated halloysite, magnesium carbonate, and magnesium hydroxide;and organic onessuch asstyrene plastic pigments, acrylic plastic pigments, polyethylene, hollow particles, urea resins, and melamine resins.
Aqueous binders which can be used in the backcoating layer include water-soluble polymers such as styrene/maleic acid salt copolymers, styrene/acrylic acid salt copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol, silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationic starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone; and water-dispersible polymers such as styrene-butadiene latices and acrylic emulsions. Additives which can be used in the backcoating layer include defoaming agents, foam-suppressors, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, antiseptics, and waterproofing agents.
A polymer latex may be incorporated into any layer constituting the paper or film for ink-jet recording inclusive of the backcoating layer for the purpose of improving film properties, for example, dimensional stabilization, curling prevention, anti-blocking, and crack prevention. For the details refer to JP-A-62-245258, JP-A-62-136648, and JP-A-62-110066. Addition of a polymer latex having a low glass transition temperature (40 C or lower) into a layer containing a mordant will prevent cracking or curling. Addition of a polymer latex having a high glass transition temperature to a backcoating layer is also effective for curling prevention.
The ink-jet ink composition according to the present invention is applicable to any known ink jet recording systems, such as an electrostatic system in which ink droplets are ejected by an electrostatic attracting force, a piezoelectric system in which vibrating pressure by a piezoelectric element is utilized (pressure pulse system), an acoustic system in which electrical signals are converted to an acoustic beam, which is applied to ink, and ink is ejected bymaking use of a radiating pressure, and a thermal system in which air bubbles are generated by heat to eject ink droplets. Further, ink jet recording includes a system in which a number of fine droplets of low concentration ink called photoink are ejected, a system in which a plurality of ink formulations having substantially the same hue but different concentrations are used to improve image quality, and a system of using colorless transparent ink.
[COLOR TONER]
The color toner according to the present invention comprises a binder resin having dispersed therein the azo compound of the invention as a colorant. Any kind of binder resins commonly employed in toners, such as styrene resins, acrylic resins, styrene/acrylic resins, and polyester resins, can be used.
The toner particles can be mixed with inorganic or organic particles as an external additive for improving fluidity or for charge control. Fine particles of silica or titania having been surface-treated with alkyl-containing coupling agent, etc. are preferably used. The particles preferably have an average primary particle size of 10 to 500 nm. An advisable content of the particles in the color toner is 0.1 to 20% by weight.
The toner can contain a release agent. Any kind of release agents customarily employed for toners is useful.
Examples of useful release agents include olefins, such as low-molecular polypropylene, low-molecular polyethylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymers, microcrystalline wax, carnauba wax, Fischer-Tropsh wax, and paraffin wax. A suitable content of the release agent in the toner is 1 to 5% by weight.
If desired, the toner can contain a charge control agent. A colorless one is desirable for color development.
For example, a charge control agent having a quaternary ammonium salt structure or a calix-arene structure are useful.
Carriers, which can be used in combination with the toner to make up a two-component developer, include non-coated carriers composed solely of magnetic particles, such as iron and ferrite, and coated carriers composed of the magnetic particles and a resin coat. Carrier particles preferably have a volume average particle size of 30 to 150 pm.
Color image forming systems to which the color toner of the invention is applicable are not particularly limited.
For example, the color toner is applicable to a system in which a full color image formed on a photoreceptor by successive monochromatic image formation is transferred to a medium or a system in which a monochromatic image formed on a photoreceptor is successively transferred onto an intermediate image holding member to form a full color image, which is then transferred to a medium.
[THERMAL TRANSFER RECORDING MATERIAL]
The thermal transfer recording material according to the present invention is made up of an ink sheet and an image-receiving sheet. The ink sheet comprises a substrate and an ink layer of the azo dye of the invention dispersed in a binder. The image-receiving sheet receives and fixes the dye which is transferred from the ink sheet by the heat of a thermal head according to image recording signals. The ink layer of the ink sheet is prepared by coating the substrate with an ink composition prepared by dissolving the azo dye in a solvent together with the binder or finely dispersing the azo dye in the binder and drying the coating layer. The binder resin, the ink solvent and the substrate to be used to make the ink sheet and the image-receiving sheet to be combined are preferably chosen from those disclosed in JP-A-7-137466.
For full color image formation, a cyan ink sheet having an ink layer containing a thermally diffusing cyan dye, a magenta ink sheet having an ink layer containing a thermally diffusing magenta dye, and a yellow ink sheet having an ink layer containing a thermally diffusing yellow dye are prepared. If desired, a black ink sheet having an ink layer containing a black image-forming material may be used in combination.
[COLOR FILTER]
A color filter is produced by a process comprising forming a pattern by use of a photoresist and dyeing the pattern and a process comprising forming a pattern of a photoresist containing a colorant. The latter process is disclosed in JP-A-4-163552, JP-A-4-128703, and JP-A-4-175753. Either of these processes is applicable to-the production of the color filter according to the present invention. The color filter of the invention is preferably produced by the processes disclosed in JP-A-4-175753 and JP-A-6-35182, which comprise coating a substrate with a positive resist composition comprising a thermosetting resin, a quinonediazide compound, acrosslinking agent, a colorant, and a solvent, exposing the coating layer (photoresist) to light through a mask, developing the exposed area to form a positive resist pattern, exposing the entire resist pattern to light, and curing the resist pattern. A
black matrix is formed in a usual manner to obtain an RGB or YMC color filter. The kinds and amounts of the thermosetting resin, quinonediazide compound, crosslinking agent, and solvent to be used are preferably selected from those disclosed in the above-cited publications.
The present invention provides a method of improving ozone resistance of a color image in ink jet recording on an image-receiving medium having a substrate and an ink-receptive layer containing inorganic white pigment particles formed on the substrate with an ink-jet ink composition, which comprises using the above-described ink composition for ink-jet recording according to the present invention.
The image-receiving medium used in this aspect of the invention is the same as described with respect to the ink jet recording method.
EXAMPLES
The present invention will now be illustrated in greater detail with reference to Examples, but it should be understood that the invention is not deemed to be limited thereto. Unless otherwise noted, all the percents and parts are by weight.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, and deionized water was added to make one liter. The mixture was heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring. If necessary, the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 9 with a 10 mol/l aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide, and the mixture was filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.25 pm to prepare ink composition A.
Formulation of ink composition A:
Azo compound a-26 8.5 g/1 Diethylene glycol 150 g/l Urea 37 g/1 Glycerol 130 g/l Triethylene glycol monobutyl ether 130 g/l Triethanolamine 6.9 g/1 Benzotriazole 0.08 g/l Surfynol 4651 (from Air Products & Chemical, Inc.) 10 g/1 ~ :. .
Proxel XLI 3.5 g/l Ink compositions B to L were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition A, except for replacing compound a-26 with the azo dye shown in Table 10 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions A to L. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 10.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. Ameans "excellent", B "good", and C"poor" .
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co.), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities Ci were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) =[(Ci - Ct) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at everymeasuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained on three measuring points in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70%
or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance A a-26 A A A Invention B a-27 A A A "
C a-28 A A A
D a-29 A A A
E b-5 A A A
F b-8 A A A
G c-2 A A A
H c-3 A A A
I (a) A-B C C Comparison J (b) B-C B C "
K (c) B B C
L (d) A B C
Comparative dye (a):
COOH
HOY N NH
COOH !N. N
OH NH
N=N
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye (b):
(HOH4C2)2NY N~ NHC2H4SO3Na NN
NH
SO3Na N
OH N
NaO3S
Comparative dye (c) O
I N
NaO3S S03Na NH
O NH
NaO3S NH N OH
Comparative dye (d):
AcNH
~ , N. N C4H$S03K
N
CI CI
As is seen from Table 10, the magenta images printed in ink compositions A to H according to the present invention are clearer than those printed in comparative ink compositions I to L. Further, the images printed in ink compositions A
to H were superior in light fastness and ozone resistance.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available from Seiko Epson) was printed on the same ink j et printer (PM-700C) by using ink compositions A to H. Evaluation of the resulting images for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 10.
Preparation of ink sample 201 Azo dye b-1 (oil-soluble dye) (4.83 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g ofhigh-boiling organicsolventS-2 (shown below),5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deionized water while stirring with a magnetic stirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microfluidizer (available from Microfluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emulsion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 140 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (from Air Products &
Chemicals, Inc.j, and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 201.
S-2:
0=HO-0_I
S-11: I
O =P JOCH2CHCH2C - CH3) I I
CH3 CH' Preparation of ink samples 202 to 210 Ink samples 202 to 210 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 201, except for replacing the oil-soluble compound b-i with the oil-soluble azo compound shown in Table 11 below. Table 11 also shows the volume average particle size of the resulting emulsion ink formulations 201 to 210 measured with a particle size analyzer Micro Track UPAa', supplied from Nikkiso Co., Ltd.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 201 to 210. The recorded images were evaluated for hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The comparative ink compositions I to L prepared in Example 1 were also evaluated.
in the same manner. The results obtained are shown in Table 11.
1) Hue A reflection spectrum of the image was measur-ed in a region of 390 to 730 nm at a 10 nm wavelength interval, and a* and b* values were calculated based on the CIE 1976 L*a*b*
color space system. A preferred magenta tone was defined as follows, and the hue of the image was graded on an A-to-C scale according to the following standard.
Preferred a* value: 76 or greater Preferred b* value: -30 to 0 A: Both a* and b* values are within the respective preferred ranges.
B: One of a* and b* values is within its preferred range.
C: Both a* and b* values are out of the respective preferred ranges.
2) Paper independence The tone of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B(poor).
3) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
4) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention on three measuring points was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
5) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 1 were followed.
Sam- Dye Average Hue Paper Water Light Ozone ple Particle Indepen- Resis-t Fast-n Resis-Size (nm) dence ance ess tance 201 a-21 55 A A A A A
202 a-22 48 A A A A A
203 a-23 63 A A A A A
204 a-24 58 A A A A A
205 a-25 70 A A A A A
206 b-1 73 A A A A A
207 b-3 72 A A A A A
208 c-4 53 A A A A A
209 c-5 52 A A A A A
210 e-1 68 A A A A A
I (a) - B B B B C
J (b) - B B B A-B C
K (c) - B B B B C
L (d) - A-B B B A-B C
As is apparent from Table 11, the ink-jet ink compositions according to the present invention are excellent in color developability, paper independence, hue, water resistance, and light fastness.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) with an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc.) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of the ink compositions prepared in Example 2. The results of evaluation of the images were equal to those obtained in Example 2.
Preparation of color toner Three parts of azo dye a-16 and 100 parts of a styrene-acrylate copolymer HIMR TB-1000F, available from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., were ground in a ball mill, kneaded at 150 C, and cooled. The solid was crushed in a Hammer mill, pulverized in an air jet pulverizer, and classified to prepare a toner having a particle size of from 1 to 20 um. The toner was mixed with an iron powder carrier EFV250/400, available from Powdertech Corp., at a weight ratio of 10:90 to prepare .a two-component developer.
Developers were prepared in the same manner, except for replacing 3 parts of azo dye a-16 with 3 parts of the dye shown in Table 12 or 6 parts of the pigment shown in Table 12.
Image formation and evaluation A copy test was carried out using each of the resulting developers on a dry process electrophotographic copying machine NP-5000, supplied by Canon Inc. Paper and OHP sheets were used as image-receiving media to form reflected images and transmitted images, respectively. The amount of the toner attached to the medium was set at 0. 7 0. 05 mg/cm2 . The resulting images were evaluated for hue, light fastness, and transparency (of OHP images) according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 12.
1) Hue Hue was observed and graded in the same manner as in Example 1.
2) Light fastness The toner image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 5 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas), and a dye retention after exposure was calculated in the same manner as in Example 1. An image having a dye retention of 90% or higher was graded A. An image having a dye retention of 80 to 90% was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% was graded C.
3) Transparency The visible light transmittance of the OHP image at 650 nm was measured with an autographic spectrophotometer Model 330 from Hitachi, Ltd. The spectral transmittance (650 nm) of an OHP sheet with no image formed was used for correction.
An image having a spectral transmittance of 80% or higher was graded A. An image having a spectral transmittance of 70 to 80 o was graded B. An image having a spectral transmittance lower than 70% was graded C.
Colorant Hue Light Transparency Fastness Invention a-16 A A A
" a-17 A A A
a-1 A A A
b-2 A A A
Comparison (e) A C A
(f) B B B
C.I. Pigment C A C
Red 57.: 1 " C.I. Pigment C A C
Red 122 Comparative dye (e);
CN AcNH
N, N N= N N (C3H7(iso))2 CI CI
NHC-CH
~) \
Comparative Dye (f) (compound of JP-A-7-209912, Example 1):
S 4~
N
As is apparent from Table 12, the color toners according to the present invention exhibit excellent color reproducibility and high transparency fitfor OHPs. Theref ore, they are suitable for full color reproduction. Having satisfactory light fastness, the toners of the invention are capable of providing images preservable for an extended period of time.
Preparation of thermal transfer ink sheet A coating composition for ink layer having the following formulation was applied with a wire bar coater on a 6 pm thick polyethylene terephthalate film having a heat-resistant slip.
coat on the back side thereof (available from Teijin Ltd.) to a dry thickness of 1.5 pm to prepare a thermal transfer ink sheet 501.
Formulation of coating composition for ink layer:
Azo dye b-2 10 mmol Polyvinyl butyral resin (Denka ButyralT" 5000-A, from Denki Kagaku Kogyo K.K.) 3 g Toluene 40 ml Methyl ethyl ketone 40 ml Polyisocyanate (Takenate D110NT14, from Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 0.2 ml Thermal transfer ink sheets 502 to 505 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sheet 501, except for replacing compound b-2 with the dye compound shown in Table 13 below.
Preparation of thermal transfer image-receiving sheet A coating composition having the following formulation was applied to 150 pm thick synthetic paper YUPO-FPG-150 (available from YUPO Corp.) with a wire bar coater to a dry thickness of 8 pm and dried in an oven at 100 C for 30 minutes to prepare a thermal transfer image-receiving sheet.
Formulation of coating composition for image-receiving layer:
Polyester resin (Vylon 2801, from Toyobo Co., Ltd.) 22 g Polyisocyanate (KP-90, from Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.) 4 g Amino-modified silicone oil (KF-857, from Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) 0.5 g Methyl ethyl ketone 85 ml Toluene 85 ml Cyclohexanone 15 ml Each of the ink sheets 501 to 505 and the image-receiving sheet were superposed on each other with the ink layer and the image-receiving layer faced each other. Thermal transfer recording was conducted by applying heat energy from the ink sheet side with a thermal head under conditions of an output of 0.25 W/dot, a pulse width of 0.15 to 15 msec, and a dot density of 6 dots/mm. The magenta image formed on the image-receiving layer was clear with no transfer unevenness.
The maximum density of the resulting image was measured.
Further, the image on the image-receiving layer was exposed to xenon light (17000 lux) for 5 days. The status A reflection density of the image area having an initial status A reflection density (before exposure) of 1.0 was measured to calculate a dye retention percentage to evaluate light fastness of the dye. The results obtained are shown in Table 13.
Dye-donating Dye Maximum Light Fastness Remark sheet Density (o) 501 b-2 1.8 91 Invention 502 b-6 1.7 89 "
503 a-16 1.6 92 "
504 a-19 1.6 90 "
504 (g) 1.8 52 Comparison Comparative dye (g):
H3C N=N O NO2 N~, N OH
As can be seen from Table 13, the thermal transfer recording materials containing the azo dyes of the present .invention provide transfer images having a clear hue and higher light fastness than the comparative materials.
Preparation of positive resist composition A positive resist composition was prepared from the following components.
Thermosetting resin: cresol novolak resin obtained from m-cresol/p-cresol/formaldehyde (molar ratio=5/5/7.5); average molecular weight on polystyrene conversion: 4300 3.4 parts Quinonediazide compound: o-naphthoquinonediazide 5-sulfonate (with an average of two hydroxyl groups esterified) prepared from a phenol compound of formula:
OH
H
1.8 parts Crosslinking agent: hexamethoxymethylolated melamine 0.8 part Solvent: ethyl lactate 20 parts Magenta dye of the invention (see Table 14) 1 part Preparation of color filter The positive resist composition was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating and heated to evaporate the solvent.
The photoresist layer thus formed was exposed to light through a mask by use of an i-line stepper LD-5010-i (NA=0. 40) , supplied by Hitachi, Ltd., to decompose the quinonediazide compound in the exposed areas. The exposed photoresist was heated to 100 C and then developed with an alkaline developer SOPD or SOPD-B available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. to remove the exposed areas to obtain a mosaic color pattern having a resolution of 0. 8 pm. The entire area of the pattern was exposed to light and heated at 150 C for 15 minutes to obtain a magenta color filter for subtractive color reproduction.
Preparation of comparative color filter A positive resist composition was prepared in the same manner as described above, except for replacing the magenta dye of the invention with a comparative magenta dye, Orasol Pink from Ciba-Geigy, Ltd. The resulting positive resist composition was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating, followed by heating to evaporate the solvent. The silicon wafer was imagewise exposed to light, developed with an alkaline developer to form a positive color pattern having a resolution of 1 um, which was entirely exposed to light and heated at 150 C for 10 minutes to obtain a comparative magenta color filter.
Evaluation The absorption characteristics and light fastness of the resulting color filters were evaluated as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 14.
1) Absorption characteristics The transmission spectrum of each magenta color filter was measured, and the spectra were compared in terms of sharpness of the slope on the shorter and the longer wavelength sides.
A color filter with a sharp slope on both sides was graded A. A color filter with a sharp slope on one of the sides was graded B. A color filter with no sharpness on either side was graded C.
2) Light fastness The color filter was exposed to xenon light (85000 lux) in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas) for 7 days. The light fastness was evaluated from the dye retention (%) after the exposure. The results obtained are shown in Table 14.
Dye Absorption Light Characteristics Fastness ( s) Invention a-16 A 92 " b-2 A 88 " e-3 A 87 " e-5 A 85 Comparison Orasol B 67 Pink It is apparent from Table 14 that the color filters prepared by using the azo dyes of the present invention show steep slopes on both the shorter and the longer wavelength sides to ensure excellent color reproducibility and excellent light fastness as compared with the comparative filter.
Containing a novel dye exhibiting excellent absorption characteristics as one of three primaries andsufficientfastness against light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment, the coloring composition of the present invention is capable of providing color images or coloring materials excellent in hue and fastness. The coloring composition is particularly suited in the preparation of printing inks such as ink-jet ink, ink sheets of thermal transfer recording materials, color toners for electrophotography, color filters to be used in displays such as LCDs and PDPs and solid-state image sensors such as CCDs, and dye baths for textile.
The ink-jet ink composition comprising the coloring composition and the ink jet recording method using the ink-jet ink composition provide images with a satisfactory hue and resistance against light and active gases in the environment, particularly ozone gas.
The thermal transfer recording materials prepared by using the coloring composition provide color transfer images with a clear hue and excellent light fastness.
The color toners prepared by using the coloring composition provide toner images which exhibit high light fastness, excellent color reproducibility, and high transparency for OHPs.
The color filters prepared by using the coloring composition are excellent in color reproducibility and light fastness.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 2-A.
Formulation of ink composition 2-A:
Azo compound 2-a-6 5 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 2 parts Water 70 parts Ink compositions 2-B to 2-L were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 2-A, except for replacing compound 2-a-6 with the azo dye shown in Table 2-6 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an.
ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 2-A to 2-L. The resulting image wasevaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 2-6.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite"' 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65TI4, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) =[(Ci - Cf) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24hours. The image density after the ozone exposure was measured with X-Rite 310TR at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2.0 to obtain a dye retention according to the same equation as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance 2-A 2-a-6 A A A Invention 2-B 2-a-7 A A A "
2-C 2-a-8 A A A
2-D 2-a-9 A A A
2-E 2-b-1 A A A
2-F 2-b-4 A A A
2-G 2-c-1 A A A
2-H 2-c-3 A A A
2-I (2-a) A-B C C Comparison 2-J (2-b) B-C B C "
2-K (2-c) B B C "
2-L (2-d) A B C
Comparative dye (2-a):
COOH
HOYN~NH
I
COOH I N N
~
Oti NH
N=N
NaO S Zzzztl 3 SO3Na Comparative dye (2-b):
(HOH4C2)2NY N~ NHC2H4SO3Na NYN
INH
SO3Na OH N
NaO3S
Comparative dye (2-c):
O
N
NaO3S
SO3Na NH
O NH / N
~ I
NaO3S NH N OH
Comparative dye (2-d):
AcNH
CN ~ ~ r C2H5 N _ N
N~ ' N~ 'C4HeS03K
N
CI '~~ CI
As is seen from Table 2-6, the magenta images printed in ink compositions 2-A to 2-H according to the present invention are clearer than those printed in comparative ink compositions 2-I to 2-L. Further, the images printed in ink compositions 2-A to 2-H were superior in light fastness and ozone resistance.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available f rom Se i ko Epson ) was printed on the same ink j et printer ( PM-700C ) by usingink compositions 2-Ato 2-H. Evaluation ofthe resulting images for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 2-6.
Containing a novel dye exhibiting excellent absorption characteristics for hue and color reproduction as one of three primaries and suf f icient fastness against light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment, the coloring composition of the present invention is capable of providing color images or coloring materials excellent in hue and fastness. The coloring composition is particularly suited in the preparation of printing inks such as ink-jet ink and dye baths for textile.
The ink-jet ink composition comprising the coloring composition and the ink jet recording method using the ink-jet ink composition provide images with a satisfactory hue and resistance against light and active gases in the environment, particularly ozone gas.
Synthesis of compound 3-12 A mixture of 0.13 g (0.6 mmol) of 2-amino-4,5-dicyano-l-ethoxycarbonylmethylimidazole, 0.8 ml of acetic acid, and 1.2 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.26 g (0.5 mmol) of 2, 6-bis (4-octylanilino) -3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture.
After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate (including compound 3-5) thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. The crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to give compound 3-12.
~max = 510 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 755 Synthesis of Compound 3-15 A mixture of 0.13 g (0.6 mmol) of 2-amino-4,5-dicyano-l-ethoxycarbonylmethylimidazole, 0.8 ml of acetic acid, and 1.2 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.25 g (0.5 mmol) of 2, 6-bis (4-octylanilino) -4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the reaction mixture was allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. The crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to yield compound 3-15.
Ama, = 528 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 730 Synthesis of compound 3-35 A mixture of 0.16 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-1-t-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-phenyltriazole, 0.6 ml of acetic acid, and 0.9 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.26 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower.
The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. Recrystallization from acetonitrile gave 0.15 g(3'7%) of compound 3-35.
)~max = 493 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 810 Synthesis of compound 3-37 A mixture of 0.16 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-1-t-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-phenyltriazole, 0.6 ml of acetic acid, and 0.9 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g(0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.25 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-3-carbamoyl-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower.
The diazonium salt was put into the mixture. After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic matter was extracted with ethyl acetate.
The resulting crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to yield compound 3-37.
Ama, = 507 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 828 Synthesis of compound 3-38 A mixture of 0.16 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-l-t-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-phenyltriazole, 0.6 ml of acetic acid, and 0.9 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.27 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. Thediazonium salt was put into the mixture. After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic matter was extracted with ethyl acetate. The resulting crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to afford compound 3-38.
~max = 511 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 785 Preparation of ink-jet ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 3-A.
Formulation of ink composition 3-A:
Compound 3-21 5 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 3-B to 3-D were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 3-A, except for replacing compound 3-21 with the azo compound shown in Table 3-5 below. Comparative ink compositions 3-E to 3-H were also prepared in the same manner but using the following comparative dyes (3-a) to (3-d) :
Comparative dye (3-a):
COOH
HOY, Ny NH ~
N ~N I /
- COOH
OH NH
N=N
I
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye (3-b):
(HOH4C2)2NN y NHC2H4SO3Na NIYN
INH
H
. ~ , SO3Na OH N' NaO3S
Comparative dye (3-c):
O
NaO3S
\ I \ l f /
NH S03Na O NH / ' N~N
~ ~ ~
Na03S NH N OH
Comparative dye (3-d):
nC4Hy H3C CN
NC N
~ '>-N=N NHCH2CH2CH2SO3K
NC N _N
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 3-A to 3-H. The resulting image was evaluated for light fastness and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 3-5.
1) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5; and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) (Ci - Cf) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at everymeasuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
2) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance 3-A 3-21 A A Invention 3-B 3-23 A A "
3-C 3-44 A A "
3-D 3-46 A A "
3-E 3-a C C Comparison 3-F 3-b B C
3-G 3-c B C
3-H 3-d A-B B "
As is seen from Table 3-5, the magenta images printed in ink compositions 3-A to 3-D are superior to those printed in ink compositions 3-E to 3-H in light fastness and ozone resistance. In addition, the dyes according to the invention have absorption spectra with a steep slope on the shorter and .the longer wavelength sides, exhibiting excellent color reproducibility, as compared with the comparative dyes.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available f rom Sei ko Epson ) was printed on the same ink j et printer ( PM-700C ) by using ink compositions 3-A to 3-D. Evaluation of the resulting images for light fastness and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 3-5.
Preparation of in sample 3-101 (emulsion ink) Azo compound 3-12 (oil-soluble dye) (5. 63 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g of high-boiling organic solvent 3-S-2 (shown below), 5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent 3-S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deionized water whilestirring with a magneticstirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microfluidizer (available from Microfluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emulsion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 140 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (available fromAir Products & Chemicals, Inc.), and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 3-101.
Preparation of ink samples 3-102 to 3-105 Ink samples 3-102 to 3-105 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 3-101, except for replacing the oil-soluble compound 3-12 with the oil-soluble compound shown in Table 3-6 below. Comparative ink samples 3-106 to 3-107 were prepared in the same manner, except for using the following comparative dyes (3-e) and (3-f).
Comparative dye (3-e):
NC nC4H9 N
~ i~-N=N
N N
HN~
Comparative dye (3-f):
t=N-? NH-0 -N
3-5-2:
0= O
3-S-11:
0=P O-CH2 i HCH2 i CH3 Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 3-101 to 3-107. The recorded images were evaluated for paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 3-6.
1) Paper independence The hue of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers (PPCs) were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B(poor).
2) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
3) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
4) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 13 (water-based ink) were followed.
Sample Dye Paper Water Light Ozone Independ- Resis-t Fast-n Resis-ta ence ance ess nce 3-106 3-e B B B C
3-107 3-f B B B B
As is apparent from the results in Table 3-6, the ink-jet ink compositions according to the present invention are excellent in paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone gas resistance. Further, the dyes according to the invention have absorption spectra with a steep slope on the shorter and the longer wavelength sides, exhibiting excellent color reproducibility, as compared with the comparative dyes.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) with an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc.) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of the ink compositions prepared in Example 14, and the printed images were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 13. The results of evaluation of the images were equal to those obtained in Example 13.
The novel dye compound of the present invention exhibits excellent absorption characteristics. The image forming materials containing the compound of the invention have suf f icient f astness against light, heat, humidity, and oxidizing gases in the environment.
Synthesis of compound 4-5 A mixture of 0.1 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-2-ethylthio-1, 3, 4-thiadiazole, 0.4 ml of acetic acid, and 0. 6 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.26 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4'-octylanilino)-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture.
After the addition, the reaction mixture was allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. The crude crystals were recrystallized from acetonitrile to give0.2 g (57%) of compound 4-5.
AmaX = 517 nm (DMF solution) E = 41300 m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 697 Synthesis of Compound 4-8 A mixture of 0.084 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-4-cyano-3-methylisothiazole, 0.4 ml of acetic acid, and 0. 6 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g(0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.27 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-3-carbamoyl-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower.
The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the reaction mixture was al,lowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction.
The crude crystals were recrystallized from methanol to give 0.19 g (55%) of compound 4-8.
X. = 563 nm (DMF solution) E = 47700 m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 693 Synthesis of compound 4-13 A mixture of 0.44 g (2.1 mmol) of 2-amino-5-carboethoxy-3-cyano-4-methylthiophene, 2.8 ml of acetic acid, and 4.2 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.64 g (2.3 mmol) of 45 o nitrosylsulfuric acidwas addedthereto, followedby stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 1 g (2 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octyYanilino)-4-methylpyridine, 4 ml of N,N-dimethylacetamide, and 2 ml of picoline were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the system was allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. Recrystallization from acetonitrile gave 1.4 g (97%) of compound 4-13.
X. = 592 nm (DMF solution) e = 40000 m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 722 Synthesis of compound 4-14 A mixture of 0.25 g (1.8 mmol) of 5-amino-4-cyano-3-methylisothiazole, 1.2 ml of acetic acid, and 1. 8 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.6 g (1.98 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.54 g-(1.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(2',4',6'-trimethylanilino)-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 2.4 g of sodium acetate, 13.5 ml of DMF, and 6 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture.
After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 2 hours. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitate thus formed was collected by suction filtration. The resulting crude crystals were purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to yield 0.05 g(55a) of compound 4-14.
Ama, = 529 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, negative ion mode) = 509 Preparation of ink-jet ink composition The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 4-A.
Formulation of ink composition 4-A:
Compound 4-2 5 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 4-B to 4-D were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 4-A, except for replacing compound 4-2 with the azo compound shown in Table 4-6 below. Comparative ink compositions 4-E to 4-H were also prepared in the same manner but using the following comparative dyes (4-a) to (4-d) :
Comparative dye (4-a):
COOH
HO 1' /NYNH ~
C~_COOH N" NI I ~
OH NH
N=N
X
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye (4-b):
(HOH4C2)2N"I," N y NHC2H4SO3Na NYN
INH
S03Na OH N N
NaO3S
Comparative dye (4-c):
O
cCH3 NH S03Na O NH NN
NaO3S NH N OH
Comparative dye (4-d) (disclosed in EP1066341):
r-~ SO3K
1\
N-N
HO S S /-' N N _ N
~ '11-~
O HN~r Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 4-A to 4-H. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 4-6.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) (Ci - Cf) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-0l, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance 4-A 4-2 A A A Invention 4-E 4-a A-B C C
4-F 4-b B-C B C Comparison 4-G 4-c B B B "
4-H 4-d A-B B C
As is seen from Table 4-6, the magenta images printed in ink-compositions 4-A to 4-D are superior to those printed in ink compositions 4-E to 4-H in hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available fromSeiko Epson) was printed on the same ink jet printer (PM-700C) by using ink compositions 4-A to 4-D. The resulting images 1.0 were evaluated for hue and light fastness in the same manner as in Example 20. The results obtained are equal to those shown in Table 4-6.
Preparation of emulsion inks (sample 4-101) Azo compound 4-5 (oil-soluble dye) (5. 63 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g of high-boiling organic solvent 4-S-2 (shown below) , 5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent 4-S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deionized water while stirring with a magneticstirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microfluidizer (available from Microfluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emulsion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 140 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (available fromAir Products & Chemicals, Inc.), and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 4-101.
Preparation of ink samples 4-102 to 4-105 Ink samples 4-102 to 4-105 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 4-101, except for replacing compound 4-5 with the compound shown in Table 4-7 below. Comparative ink samples 4-106 to 4-107 were prepared in the same manner, except for using the following comparative dyes (4-e) and (4-f) .
Comparative dye (4-e):
N-N
Et S~S>-NN
~ HNy ~
O
Comparative dye (4-f):
~ S.
~ I i}--N=N NHCH2CH20CH3 Br N N
4-S-2:
0=P O ~I f 4-S-11:
0=P O-CH2CHCH~CH3 Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 4-101 to 4-107. The recorded images were evaluated for hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 4-7.
1) Hue A reflection spectrum of the image was measured in a region of 390 to 730 nm at a 10 nm wavelength interval, and a* and b* values were calculated based on the CIE 1976 L*a*b*
color space system. A preferred magenta tone was defined as follows, and the hue of the image was graded on an A-to-C scale according to the following standard.
Preferred a* value: 76 or greater Preferred b* value: -30 to 0 A: Both a* and b* values are within the respective preferred ranges.
B: One of a* and b* values is within its preferred range.
C: Both a* and b* values are out of the respective preferred ranges.
2) Paper independence The hue of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers (PPCs) were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B(poor) 3) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
4) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention on three points (initial reflection density: 1, 1.5 or 2.0) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 20. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
5) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 20 (water-based ink) were followed.
Sampl Dye Paper. Water Light Ozone e Resis-t Fast- Resis-ta Hue Independ ance ness nce -ence 4-106 4-e B B B B C
4-107 4-f C C B B C
As is apparent from the results in Table 4-7, the ink-jet ink compositions according to the present invention are excellent in hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone gas resistance.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) with an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc.) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of the ink compositions prepared in Example 21, and the printed images were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 20. The results of evaluation were equal to those obtained in Example 20.
The novel dye compound of the present invention exhibit excellent absorption characteristics for hue and color reproduction as one of three primaries. The image forming materials containing the compound.of the invention have sufficient fastnessagainst light, heat, humidity, and oxidizing gases in the environment.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 5-A.
Formulation of ink composition 5-A:
Compound 5-137 (dye) 4 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 5-B to 5-H were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 5-A, except for replacing compound 5-137 with the azo compound shown in Table 5-6 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 5-A to 5-H. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, ozone resistance, and water resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 5-6.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 10 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) =[(Ci - Cf) /C;,] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at everymeasuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 7 days. A dye retention (%) after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The measurement was made on three points whose initial density (Ci) was 1, 1.5 or 2Ø The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70%
or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
4) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water at 20 C for 10 minutes and dried spontaneously. The image density was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR before and after the immersion treatment at three density points (Ci = 1, 1.5 or 2.0). A dye retention after immersion was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. Measurement was made at 20 points for each Ci to obtain an average for each Ci, and an average dye retention for the three initial densities was calculated. Animage having an average dye retention of 80% or higher was graded A. An image having a dye retention of 70% or more and less than 80%
was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70%
for every initial density was graded C.
The oxidation potential of the dye compounds tested was measured with DC Polarographic Analyzer P-100 using an N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing 0.1 mol=dm-3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm-3 of a dye compound and a graphite electrode as a working electrode. The results obtained are also shown in Table 5-6.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Oxidation Remark Fastness Resistance Potential 5-A 5-137 A A A-B +1.44 Invention 5-B 5-143 A A A +1.40 5-C 5-145 A A A +1.36 5-D 5-148 A A A +1.46 5-E 5-107 A A A-B *1.25 5-F 5-a A A B +1.33 Compariso n 5-G 5-b A-B C C +0.65 5-H 5-c B-C B C +0.70 Comparative dye 5-a:
tCqHa CN H3C H3C
N,N~ N=N \ ~ N CH3 N N
S_ ',N HN H3C S
02g, _ HN ~ ~
Comparative dye 5-b:
OH
N '~, N
\ ~
COOH 'k OH HNION N
N=N , H COOH
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye 5-c:
N(C2HaOH)2 I
HN NNHC2H4SO3Na SO3Na OH N, N
~ NH2 NaO3S \ ( As shown in Table 5-6, the magenta images printed in ink compositions 5-A to 5-F are clearer and more excellent in light fastness and ozone resistance than those printed in ink compositions 5-G and 5-H. The images printed in ink compositions 5-A to 5-F are superior to the images printed with ink compositions 5-G and 5-H in light fastness and ozone resistance.
The images printed in ink compositions 5-A to 5-E
according to the invention were superior to the image printed in ink composition 5-F in terms of ozone resistance, proving the preference of the specific azo compound of the invention which contains at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5. The image obtained with ink composition 5-E is slightly inferior in ozone resistance to the images obtained with ink compositi.ons 5-A to 5-D, proving the preference of the azo compounds having at least one substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5 on each side of the azo group. Thecomparison between the images obtained with ink compositions 5-B to 5-D
and those obtained with ink compositions 5-A and 5-E in terms of ozone gas resistance reveals the preference of having three or more substituents whose pKa value is -10 to 5.
Comparing ink compositions 5-A to 5-F in terms of water resistance and ozone resistance, it is seen that images with higher water resistance exhibit higher ozone resistance, proving that ozone resistance is improved where the dye compound is firmly fixed to a desired position on the medium through a mordanting action.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available from Seiko Epson) was printed on the same ink jet printer (PM-700C) by using ink compositions 5-Ato 5-H. Evaluation of the resulting images for hue, light fastness, ozone resistance, and water resistance gave the same results as in Table 5-6.
The present invention provides various coloring compositions, such as an ink-jet ink composition, which provide a color image or a coloring material excellent in hue, water resistance, and fastness by using a novel azo compound having excellent absorption characteristics for color reproduction as one of three primaries, excellent water resistance, and sufficient fastness against light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment. The present invention provides an ink-jet ink composition and an ink jet recording method capable of forming an image with a satisfactory hue, excellent water resistance, and high fastness to light and active gases in the environment, especially ozone gas. The present invention also provides a method of improving ozone resistance of a color image in ink jet recording.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 6-A.
Formulation of ink composition 6-A:
Compound 6-(38) 4 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 6-B to 6-F were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 6-A, except for replacing compound 6-(38) with the azo compound shown in Table 6-1 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 6-A to 6-F. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 6-i.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (~) (Ci - Cf) jCi] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness on measuring points whose initial density was 1, 1.5 or 2Ø The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
The oxidation potential, the maximum absorption wavelength, and the half-value width of the absorption spectrum of the dyes were measured as follows. The results obtained are also shown in Table 6-1.
4) Oxidation potential (Eo,) Oxidation potential measurement was made with Polarographic Analyzer P-100 using a DMF solution containing 0. 1 mol=dm-3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm"3 of a dye compound and a graphite electrode as a working electrode and an SCE as a reference electrode.
5) Maximum absorption wavelength and half-value width A solution of the dye compound in DMF at a concentration of about 5 x 10-5 mol=dm-3 was prepared. An absorption spectrum was measured in a wavelength range of 200. nm to 900 nm with a spectrophotometertN-VIS Recording Spectrophotometer UV-260 (supplied by Shimadzu Corp.) by using quartz cells having an optical path length of 1 cm.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Eox A,,,ax Half-value Remark Fastnes Resistanc (vs SCE) (nm) Width (nm) s e 6-A 6-(38) A A A +1.36 557 73 Invention 6-B 6-(20) A A A +1.15 538 86 "
6-c 6-(11) B A A +1.12 541 97 6-D 6-(39) A A A +1.37 560 76 6-E 6-a B C C +0.65 549 86 Comparison 6-F 6-b B B C +0.70 528 96 Comparative dye (6-a):
H
cO,H ~ ~
~ H HN N N
\ N=N ~ ~ H CQ,H
HaQ3S SO, Na Comparative dye (6-b):
N(C,H1OH)2 "'', N
~ I
HN" _N NHC,H,SO,Na SOaNa OH N' N
NH, NaO3S
As is seen from Table 6-1, ink compositions 6-A to 6-D containing a compound whose oxidation potential is nobler than 1.0 V (vs. SCE) and whose maximum absorption wavelength is between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or smallerprovide magenta images superior in hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance to the images printed in ink composition 6-E or 6-F.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available fromSeikoEpson) was printed on the same inkjet printer (PM-700C) by usingink compositions 6-Ato6-D. Evaluation of the resulting images for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 6-1.
Preparation of-ink sample 6-201 Azo compound 6-(33) (oil-soluble dye) (5.63 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g of high-boiling organic solvent 6-S-2 (shown below), 5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent 6-S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deioni zed water while stirring with a magnetic stirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microf luidizer (available fromMicrofluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emul s ion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 14 0 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (available from Air Products & Chemicals, Inc. ), and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 6-101.
6-S-2:
0=P--0/ \ ~
CH~
6-S-11:
~
O=P--~-OCH, ~HCNa~CHa ~
(H, CH3 3 Preparation of ink samples 6-202 to 6-208 Ink samples 6-202 to 6-208 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 6-201, except for replacing the oil-soluble compound 6- (33) with the oil-soluble compound shown in Table 6-2 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 6-201 to 6-208. The recorded images were evaluated for hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 6-2.
1) Hue A reflection spectrum of the image was measured in a region of 390 to 730 nm at a 10 nm wavelength interval, and a* and b* values were calculated based on the CIE 1976 L*a*b*
color space system. A preferred magenta tone was defined as follows, and the hue of the image was graded on an A-to-C scale according to the following standard.
Preferred a* value: 76 or greater Preferred b* value: -30 to 0 A: Both a* and b* values are within the respective preferred ranges.
B: One of a* and b* values is within its preferred range.
C: Both a* and b* values are out of the respective preferred ranges.
2) Paper independence The hue of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers (PPCs) were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B (poor).
3) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
4) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention was obtained in the same manner as in Example 24. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
4) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 24 were followed.
The oxidation potential and the Amax and the half-value width of absorption spectrum of the dye compounds used were measured in the same manner as in Example 24. The results are also shown in Table 6-2.
. ~
~>~
ro ~ ri t- r-4 oo uO rn to to .1-- oo [- 00 oJ r al ao Ol w +J
-1 'CS
ro -4 x i1'n ao N-r lo r- rn ao l0 u~ ls7 ~r if) a' V~ N
.G ~ ~(l tf) tf) V) Ln tf') tf) N
U OJ N I'- lD Ul Ul O
x U] C' M C' M M ~-i l4 l~
o .
W =.-~ '-i ri .-I r-1 rt O O
V1 + -4- + + + + + -F-U
ro o y FC ~C KC FC ~ t~ U
N_ O N
Q) N (11 U) W ZT 4J~C FC FC rSi Qi 0] ~1 CA
.,..1 N
U
N
4) ro -P RC FC rC r~ FC t~f m cq lv U
~
~4 ~ ~C ~C ~C ~C ~C Q CA W
~
~
1-i N
~ FC Ft'. FC ~C ~Ci LYa P7 Q3 ~ ch a ~n ~n M ro A
Q 1 1 1 1 1 ~D l0 tD 'o T-4 cv m c vO to r o0 x o O O o 0 o a CD
>r N N N N N N N N
lfl l0 ~D 0 ~O lfl W l0 As is apparent from the results in Table 6-2, samples 6-201 to 6-206 containing the compound whose oxidationpotential is nobler than 1.0 V (vs. SCE) and whose maximum absorption wavelength is between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or smaller provide magenta images superior in hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance to the images printed in samples 6-207 or 6-208.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) using an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc. ) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of samples prepared in Example 25, and the printed images were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 25.
The results of evaluation of the images were equal to those obtained in Example 25.
The present invention establishes a method of providing a color image or a coloring material excellent in hue and fastness to weather, particularly ozone gas, by using a coloring composition, such as an ink composition or an ink-jet ink composition, which contains a compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower.
A6-N=N-B6 (7) wherein A6 and B6 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group.
A first preferred embodiment of the present invention includes above-described items (1) and (4) to (15).
A second preferred embodiment of the present invention includes above-described item (16).
A third preferred embodiment of the present invention includes above-described items (19) and (20) BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Fig. 1 shows absorption spectra of compound D10 (solid line) and REF1 (dotted line).
Fig. 2 shows absorption spectra of compound D13 (solid line) and REF2 (dotted line).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
First preferred embodiment In formula (1) representing the azo compound which preferably has at least one phosphono group and can be used in the first preferred embodiment of the present invention, A represents a residue of a 5-membered heterocyclic diazo component A-NH2. The hetero atom of the 5-membered hetero ring includes N, 0, and S. The hetero ring as A is preferably a nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring. The hetero ring may have an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring condensed therewith.
The hetero ring as A preferably includes a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, and a benzisothiazole ring, each of which may have a substituent(s). Preferred are a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring represented by formulae (a) to (f), respectively.
(a) (b) R7 R8 Rio R
N N
N s R 12 (d) N-N
--/ N II 1-411 Si_ R 13 S N
(e) R14 Ria R1s R19 N
N / Ris R17 R~
N
wherein R'7 R8 R9 Rlo R11 Rlz R13 Rla Rls R16 R17 Rla R19~
, , , , , , , . , , , , and R20 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent selected from the substituents hereinafter described as G, R1, and Rz.
Of the heterocyclic rings (a) to (f), the pyrazole ring of formula (a) or the isothiazole ring of formula (b) is preferred. The pyrazole ring of formula (a) is particularly preferred.
B1 and B 2 represent -CR'= and -CR2=, respectively, or either one of B1 and B2 represents a nitrogen atom with the other representing -CR'= or -CRz=. B1 and B2 preferably represent -CR'= and -CRz=, respectively.
R 5 and R6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent.
R5 and R6 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, still preferably represent. a hydrogen atom, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, particularly preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Each of the groups recited may have a substituent (s) . R5 and R6 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
G, R1 and R2 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, an acylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group or a sulfo group, wherein each group may have a substituent.
G preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an amino substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, an acylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group or a heterocyclic thio group.
G still preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, or an acylamino group. Particularly preferably G represents a hydrogen atom, an arylamino group or an acylamino group. Each group as G
may have a substituent(s).
R1 and R2 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group. Each of these groups may have a substituent(s).
R5 may be connected to R' or R6 to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
The substituents which may be possessed by A, Rl, R2, R5, R6, and G include the atoms (except a hydrogen atom) and the groups recited above as G, R1, and RZ.
Where an azo compound represented by formula (1) is a water-soluble dye, it is preferred for the compound to have an ionic hydrophilic group on any of A, R1, R2, R5, R6, and G. Suitable ionic hydrophilic groups include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, and a quaternary ammonium group. A carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferred. A sulfo group is particularly preferred. The carboxyl group and the sulfo group may be in a salt form. Suitable counter ions forming the salt include alkali metal ions (e.g., a sodium ion, and a potassium ion) and organic cations (e.g., a tetramethylguanidium ion).
The substituents represented by G, R1, and R2 will be described in more detail.
The halogen atom includes fluorine, chlorine, and bromine.
The term "aliphatic group" includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. The aliphatic group may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure.
The aliphatic group preferably contains 1 to 20, particularly 1 to 16, carbon atoms. The aryl moiety of the aralkyl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, with a phenyl group being still preferred. Suitable examples of the aliphatic group are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, 4-sulfobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, 2-phenethyl, vinyl, and allyl.
The term "aromatic group" is used to include~a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. A phenyl group is still preferred. The aromatic group preferably contains 6 to 20, particularly 6 to 16, carbon atoms. Suitable examples of the aromatic group are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl, m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl.
The term "heterocyclic group" as used herein includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one, which may have an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring condensed therewith. The heterocyclic group is preferably 5- or 6-membered. Suitable substituents on the heterocyclic group include an aliphatic group, a halogen atom, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Suitable examples of the heterocyclic group are 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl, and 2-furyl.
The term "carbamoyl group" includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. Suitable substituents on a carbamoyl group include an alkylgroup. Suitable examples of the carbamoyl group are methylcarbamoyl and dimethylcarbamoyl.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group preferably contains 2 to 12 carbon atoms. An ionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group are methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
The term "aryloxycarbonyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. An aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Suitable substituents on the aryloxycarbonyl group include an ionic hydrophilic group. A phenoxycarbonyl group is an example of the aryloxycarbonyl group.
The term "acyl group" includes a substituted acyl group and an unsubstituted acyl group. An acyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is suitable. An ionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent. Suitable examples of the acyl group include acetyl and benzoyl.
The term "alkoxy group" includes a substituted alkoxy group and an unsubstituted alkoxy group. An alkoxy group containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms is suitable. Suitable substituents on an alkoxy group include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group aremethoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, methoxyethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, and 3-carboxypropoxy.
The term "aryloxy group" means a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group. An aryloxy group containing 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Suitable substituents on the aryloxy group include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group are phenoxy, p-methoxyphenoxy, and o-methoxyphenoxy.
The term "acyloxy group" means a substituted or unsubstituted acyloxy group. An acyloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Suitable substituents for the acyloxy group include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyloxy group are acetoxy and benzoyloxy.
The term "carbamoyloxy group" means a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group. Substituents on the carbamoyloxy group include an alkyl group. Examples of the carbamoyloxy groups include an N-methylcarbamoyloxy group.
The alkyl group, the aryl group or the heterocyclic group of the substituted amino group may further have a substituent. The alkylamino group preferably contains 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Substituents on the alkylamino group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkylamino group are methylamino and diethylamino. The arylamino group preferably contains 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Suitablesubstituents on the arylamino group include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylamino group are anilino and 2-chloroanilino.
The term "acylamino group" includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. An acylamino group containing 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. An ionic hydrophilic group is an example of the substituents on the acylamino group.
Examples of the acylamino group include acetylamino, propionylamino, benzoylamino, N-phenylacetylamino, and 3,5-disulfobenzoylamino.
The term "ureido group" means a substituted or unsubstituted ureido group. A ureido group containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Substituents for the ureido group include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the ureido group are 3-methylureido, 3,3-dimethylureido, and 3-phenylureido.
The term "sulfamoylamino group" denotes a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group. Substituents for the sulfamoylamino group include an alkyl group. The sulfamoylamino group includes an N,N-dipropylsulfamoyl group.
The term "alkoxycarbonylamino group" means a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. An alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Anionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent.
The alkoxycarbonylamino group includes an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
The term "aryloxycarbonylamino group" includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group. An aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Anionic hydrophilic group is a suitable substituent.
Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.
The term "alkylsulfonylamino group" and the term "arylsulfonylamino group" mean a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, respectively. Those containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferred. Suitable substituents for the alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino groups include methanesulfonylamino, N-phenylmethylsulfonylamino, benzenesulfonylamino, and 3-carboxyphenylsulfonylamino.
The terms "alkylthio group", "arylthio group", and "heterocyclic thio group"denote a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group, respectively. Alkyl-, aryl- or heterocyclic thio groups containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferred. Suitable substituents on these groups include ionic hydrophilic groups.
Examples of the thio groups include methylthio, phenylthio, and 2-pyridylthio.
The terms "alkylsulfonyl group" and "arylsulfonyl group" mean a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, respectively. Examples of these groups are a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group.
The terms "alkylsulfinyl group" and "arylsulfinyl group" denote a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group, such as methanesulfinyl, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group, such as phenylsulfinyl, respectively.
The term "sulfamoyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group. An alkyl group is a suitable substituent. The sulfamoyl group includes dimethylsulfamoyl and di-(2-hydroxyethyl)sulfamoyl.
Of the azo compounds represented by formula (1) pre f erred are those represented by formula (2). The azo compound represented by formula (2) preferably has at least one phosphono group.
In formula (2), Z' represents an electron-attracting group having a Hammett' s substituent constant ap value of 0.20 or greater. The electron-attracting group as represented by Z' has a Hammett's substituent constant op value of preferably from 0.30 to 1.0, more preferably from 0.45 to 1.0, still more preferably from 0.60 to 1Ø While suitable electron-attracting groups as Z' will be enumerated later, Z1 is preferably an acyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group havinglto12carbon atoms. Particularly preferred of them are a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. A cyano group is the most preferred.
Rl, RZ, R5, and R6 are the same as defined above.
R3 and R4 each represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a sulfamoyl group. R3 and R 4 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, still preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
z 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group.
Q represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Qpreferably represents a non-metallic atomic group necessary to form a 5- to 8-membered ring, which may be substituted or unsubstituted and saturated or unsaturated, preferably an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring. Preferred non-metallic atoms making up the ring include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and carbon. Examples of the 5- to 8-membered ring include a benzene ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an oxane ring, a sulfolane ring, and a thiane ring.
Each group as represented by Zl, Z2, Rl, R2, R3, R9, R5, R6, and Q may have a substituent (s) . The substituents includes those recited as G, Rl, and R2, and ionic hydrophilic groups.
The Hammett'ssubstituent constant op value as referred to with respect to the substituent Z1 is explained here briefly.
Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L.P. Hammett in 1935 in an attempt to discuss quantitatively the influences of substituents on reaction and equilibrium of benzene derivatives and is today generally admitted to be valid.
Substituent constants used in Hammett's rule include a op value and a am value. These values are found in many general books, such as J.A. Dean (ed.), Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, 12th Ed., McGraw-Hill (1979) and Kagaku-no-ryoiki, Extra No. 122, pp. 96-103, Nankodo (1979) In the present invention substituents will be limited or described in terms of Hammett's substituent constant op. This does not mean that intended substituents are limited to those substituents the 6p value of which is known from literature, and intended substituents include any substituent of which the op value is not found in literature but seems to fall within a recited range when measured based on Hammett's rule. While formulae (1) and (2) of the present invention embrace compounds that are not benzene derivatives, the present invention makes use of the op value as a measure of electron effects of a substituent irrespective of the position of substitution.
Electron-attracting groups having a Hammett's substituent constant op value of 0.60 or greater include a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., methanesulfonyl), and an arylsulfonyl group (e.g., benzenesulfonyl). Those having a cp value of 0.45 or greater additionally include an acyl group (e.g., acetyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., dodecyloxycarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., m-chlorophenoxycarbonyl), an alkylsulfinyl group (e.g., n=propylsulfinyl), an arylsulfinyl group (e.g., phenylsulfinyl), a sulfamoyl group (e.g., N-ethylsulf amoyl and N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl),and a halogenated alkyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl).
Those having a op value of 0. 30 or greater additionally include an acyloxy group (e.g., acetoxy), a carbamoyl group (e.g., N-ethylcarbamoyl and N,N-dibutylcarbamoyl), a halogenated alkoxy group (e.g., trifluoromethoxy), a halogenated aryloxy group (e.g., pentafluorophenoxy), a sulfonyloxy group (e.g., methylsulfonyloxy), a halogenated alkylthio group (e.g., difluoromethylthio), an aryl group substituted with two or more electron-attracting group having a op value of 0.15 or more (e.g., 2,4-dinitrophenyl and pentachlorophenyl), and a heterocyclic group (e.g., 2-benzoxazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, and 1-phenyl-2-benzimidazolyl). Those having a op value of 0.20 or greater additionally include a halogen atom.
The azo dyes represented by formula (1) preferably have the following combinations of substituents.
(a) R5 and R6 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group or an acyl group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a sulfonyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, provided that R5 and R6 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
(b) G is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group or an acylamino group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group or an acylamino group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an amino group or an acylamino group..
(c) A is preferably a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring or a benzothiazole ring, still preferably a pyrazole ring or an isothiazole ring, particularly preferably a pyrazole ring.
(d) B1 and B2 are preferably -CR'= and -CR2=, respectively, wherein R' and R 2 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or an alkyl group.
Of the compounds represented by formula (1), those in which at least one of the substituents is selected from the above-recited preferred ranges are preferred; those in which more substituents are selected from the respective preferred ranges are still preferred; and those in which all the substituents are selected from the respective preferred ranges are particularly preferred.
Specific examples of the azo dyes represented by formula (1) are shown below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
Table 1 CN
N'N N=N NN%
~ - N R3 R~ H-N' Dye R, Rs Ra S /
a-1 ~ \ / \ CeH17 / \ CoHi 7 N
S
a-2 ~ CI 1C8H17 CH3 N
S CI
a-3 - {~ :,a CHs CeHt 7 N
a-4 S
--~~ o CeH17 N
a-5 S CH3 CH3 N Np2 CH3 CH3 Table 1 ( cont' d) )~<iCN
H3C CN N N=N ' N~
R, H-N\
Dye Rt R2 Ra S , ~ SC2NH-f-CI-i~~-o a-6 '~'CHa --\~~//~-CF{~
N ~
CeHi7 CN3 a-7 / SSO2NH-(CH2 j---OCH2CH CH3 C~
N CeH13 CH3 ~ 3 a-8 NHCOi H-O --&CeH17 -0-CeH17 N Et (n)CaHi7q CHa a-9 -S:cr NHSOz _ CF6 CeHõ(t) N CeH,~R) CH3 S OCtAs OC,zFt2s a-10 N~'~/'Cl Table 2 R' CN H3C CN
H
N! N N-N N~
R2 H-N\
Dye R, RZ R3 R4 sSO-'a a-11 ~ _ C~ -~'SO3Na.
N''Q1 S gp3}~ SO3K SO3K
a-12 ~ ~ 4) -6 COOH COOH
a-13 -~ -{~ ~ - -~--so3K
N
CI S S COOH
a-1 4 a ~S03K
~
(4,5-mix) a-15 ~SOaK ~
N
Table 3 CN
N,N N=N N/
R, H-N\
Rq Dye Ri R2 R3 R4 C
'~ ~ ~ I CH3 a-16 N N~ C ya CH3 I -SO2CH3 cF6 a-17 -% S:a N cr~
ci cl-6 a-18 - s ~ -COCH3 CeH17(t) C8H17(t) N
S
a-19 ~~
CI N ~c~ --~
C~ H3C
a-20 ---~ N -SO2CH3 cF6 CeHt 7(t) Table 3 (cont'd) U U U n ~
N v U U U U =
ti U U V ~ U
U U U U ~
I
O O
z ~($ 0 Z Ex L) O
U Q_ ~ ~ I = N
C~ \ Z Z Z w_ V Cj O
= Z ~ ~ O =Z-p Z
II ~ -Z - _ _ ~ -U
Z-EE E0 y Z Z cn y Z NYz NYZ
~z Y
O
U
S
Z
O
tn Z ~
y yZ vyZ (nTZ
N c i <? -n >1 N cV N N N
Q 1 io i i o a Table 3 (cont'd) = i = U U
U
. ~
C~ _ ~ ~ = I ~' 2 I ~' = =
U U U U U U U U
U U U
~
2 I 1r S I = 1~ I=
U U U U U U :oc ~ 0 0 O 0 UO 0 Li f7 = z ~ N =~
W
~ Z a i0' z z~ _ 0 v ~ ...
= I' = N z z ~
z Z y Z tA~z u) U _ ~ Y.z ~
Z - Z
~ =
8 S ~ ~
z ? ~ ?
0 oN 0 ' -U
Wyz v,~z wyz Oyz N co r oo m >1 N N N N
Q ~p r0 iC fC
Table 4 _ U O N
_ =
A V ~ I
v v U U
v ~ \ -O cny z nTz =
~ oC z = = 2 / O
U
a: I ~Z
I
~z = w 2 01 Z cr 2 0 U
Z-tr _ CC Z. Z
X.
U Z U
~ z Z z~zYz z ~( z Tz ~
z m 0 U
O
U +
~ Y I z\ ~
Q) O N cI) >1 C") CC') M ~ .
Q io ~o io ia l Table 4 (cont'd) ~
z U U U
~ N N
N = N =
U U U
U
U
=
U 0 yZ
Ir z =
OC / Z Er pr z I v ~ L
Z =
II õ õ
z Z - ~
_ ~ ~
~ Z 0 _ Z ~
~
/ \ \
to y Z 0 YZ
U U
~ ~ z z U
rr + + +
~ d ~rJ ta io ia iv Table 5 a, m U U U
U I U U I U U \ U \.I
: V m U C~' v U U tq ~
Z V \ I U / I U \ I U /~
Z
cL Z
Z I
II = 2 2 2 2 I
~
11 ~ N
U U z = U
O
U
= 2 = I
U U U U =
= 2 I I I
~ U U U U U
N N c) v tt>
?i I I I I i Table 5 (cont'd) U = O
U N
z U U O
CC
LL' U I U U U 1 z Z
~ Z/ U
z v) ~z c~yz Z Z
U
z U U =
U U U
~
~ cn r oo Table 6 U) (0 U v ~ \ U
cl~
~ (j / I U \ I U V I U
\ c' ~ Z ?U-O O
z Z
I ZU)~Z
z ~
' Az U =
Z ~nTz 7 Z'\
I ~
rJ~ ' Q Z =
~ U 0 I = 2 p~ = 2 = = 2 = O
CE U) U ~
~ U U U U U
Table 7 .N U U U
~ 1f1 N =
(S' ~ U (s ~
CC
V V V ~
~v (S U U
Q
Z o Z
cr- z cn z Z Y yYZ
11 _ z Z -j\'}~ V' N
oc z z = o =
i z s" i U U C) a a J! ~ i N M Q l' Table 8 t.
m Y
_ C2, U
U I O
U
m .U
tn o_ U\ I ~\ U
U
cr / Ir Z
z Z
Z ~-z U) z yz ~nyjZ
~ <
. 611~
C o x =
U
o = U z U
U U
v a = 0 U
ct: v~ ta ca U Z
~ U-~
id Ld ! Q) N M d tn Q C) 4) C) G) C) Table 9 v N
~
N=N
N~R4 ~N
R, H-N
Dye R, R2 R, R, CH3 gO,K CHa SOCK
fi-1 N~ So3F( CH. -~ gSOa1C ~C11~
~'~e~ --0- N C~ ~~-"~R// Chy CH, CH3 NJJSOaNa f-2 4 SO~Na S03Na CH3 CH, ~3 N~ --( r-SO~K N L Ij --a Y SO,K
~J w! C))~~--"
CH~ SO9K ~a SO,K
f-4 N~ ~CFi, N~ ~CFLs CH3 SO2K CHa SOCK
CH, OCI-!3 f-5 S SO3K
N' NOy ~SOyK N:~a/ - ~'K
Table 2-1 ~N=N__ N1 / \ N\
Dye R' RY R' R' gPO(OH) 2 2- a=-1 ~ - ~ ' II -a CH3 ~so,hfe N
S / Pa~12 SO 3K S03K
2- a-2 + ~ 'r~
N ~'~~
2- e-3 OO NH4 C -~-Pap+, z C
N -~,J L J
Ci g N~ COOH
2- a-4 S03K ~ PO(OH) z ~ ~..J
(4,5-mix) COOH
2- 8-5 SO3FC N PO(OHl z Table 2-2 =
U
M
U U U V U
U U U =
Cr r7 co I ~ n I ~
U U U U U \ U ~
~
/ rc z = I
. i ~ ~z ,z g g $ o ' '~ ~
0\ O " U V V~ V
= Iz = N I ~ ~ ( Z N O = X X
Z 2 . .
U C o Z Z
~ a 0 ui ~O/) ~ri -tt - ~ ~ ..
~ =
z0 \
~~z Tz cnTA z cn_ /z N N N N
nO. a a LOTz v,z cnT"z cnYz a~ to q6 m (V (V fy ( 11 Table 2-3 N N N N
O 0 O p cr a a~.. a a _ U U U U U U
N N N N
0 0 ~ 0 Of _\
U U
z (L ~
Z (D cli Z/
Z = U) '' II
z Z '1( U
tZj v z 0 _ U
U U U =
U
Q) ~ I IN c) Nr N N N N
Table 2-4 N
0_ vl a a ~~ I \
Y Y
_ 97 a _ \ \
n U
~
~ / fr z L ~ O
a Z~ =
CV \ J
z = \ /
z 0 ,~z z '~' ~
cr z ~
V 0 =
U
S
n S ~
U
(n N
Table 2-5 cn o =
_ 0 U
N
N =
2 p U a p 0 ~
LO~+ W
LL
=
CL\Z U I ~ ' I
U U
M
[L / Z
I LL N N
Q \ Z (7 O
2 = a a II
Z OC = - - 2 co~ Z N Z CA
Z~
6114, ri: o C.) U
U = U =
U U =
U v 'o U
i~
q v -n v I I i N N i N N
Synthesis Examples for the azo dyes represented by formula (1) are shown below.
Synthesis of compound a-1 n S
OD
U
\ U
z Z - ~
' U Z
= Z 2 il z z U
Z =
~ W
U
U
CIS
:E
CIO
z z U
y z U
Z
Z
C-) Z- =
z z aD
U
a O
U
z cu r Z U
N U
z z U ~ p M
z= - ~! 0 , , ,--- I
z Y
1) Synthesis of intermediate a-la 5-Amino-3-t-butyl-4-cyanopyrazole (1) (8 g, 48.7 mmol) , 15 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 50 ml of water were stirred at an inner temperature of 5 C. To the mixturewas added 3.36 g (4 8. 7 mmol) of sodium nitrite in divided portions over 10 minutes, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 10 minutes to form a diazoniumsalt. Separately, 21.3 g (40.6 mmol) of coupling component (2) was put into a three-necked flask, and 50 g of sodium acetate, 50 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate were added and stirred. The diazonium salt solution was added dropwise to the mixture at an inner temperature of 5 C over 10 minutes.
After completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (300 ml) was poured into the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration to give 24.2 g(850) of compound a-la.
2) Synthesis of compound a-1 To 14.0 g (20 mmol) of compound a-la were added 4.4 g (26 mmol) of heterylatingagent (3), 2.8 gofpotassiumcarbonate, and 50 ml of dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and the mixture was heated at 100 C for 1 hour while stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 200 ml of a saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution was added thereto. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration and recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 16.7 g (80%) of azo compound a-i.
~,meX = 545 nm (DMF solution) m/z (positive ion mode) = 834 Synthesis of dye b-1 r co U
~ ~ Z
~
U Z 2 (-) T
1~ Q m -0 _ tL, U
T C
cz _ _ ~ ~ ~
~
z= m z U
z i Q
!I
z z = U
O O ' 'n ~ U V Z
Z = _ ~ O
~
Q
N
_ z z U ~
U Z ~
cl) I
One gram of compound b-la was dispersed in 3.8 ml of a 2/3 (by volume) mixture of acetic acid and propionic acid, and the dispersion was cooled to 0 C. To the dispersion was slowly added 2.21 g of 41% nitrosylsulfuric acid, followed by stirring for 1 hour. Separately, 1.05 g of compound b-lb was dissolved in a mixture of 14 ml of DMF and 6 ml of ethyl acetate, and2.5 g of sodium acetate was added thereto, followed by cooling to 0 C. The b-la dispersion prepared above was added dropwise to the b-lb suspension. After the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react for an additional 2 hours period. After completion of the reaction, water was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and purified by silica gel column chromatography to yield 750 mg ( 57 . 7 0) of dye compound b-1.
~max = 545 nm Synthesis of dye b-6 z 3 Z >, Z = A
v II
Z
z \ / U
z = o z iZ
a~ co (((~~~
= T
O z U) z Q ~ I
z N Z
z z U z Id U
U) 2 =
One gram of compound b-6a was dispersed in 3.8 ml of a 2/3 (by volume) mixture of acetic acid and propionic acid, and the dispersion was cooled to 0 C. To the dispersion was slowly added 2.21 g of 41% nitrosylsulfuric acid, followed by stirring for 1 hour. Separately, 1.0 g of compound b-6b was dissolved in a mixture of 15 ml of DMF and 5 ml of ethyl acetate, and2.5 g of sodium acetate was added thereto, followed' by cooling to 0 C. The b-6a dispersion prepared above was added dropwise to the b-6b suspension. After the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react for an additional 2 hour period. After completion of the reaction, water was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and dissolved in 10 ml of DMF. To the solution were added 560 mg of potassium carbonate and 1.3 g of 2-chlorobenzothiazole (b-6c), and the system was allowed to react at 110 C for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, water was added. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and purified by silica gel column chromatography to give 700 mg (58.6%) of dye compound b-6.
Xmax = 5 5 0 nm Synthesis of compound 2-(a-6) M
U
~
c) U
Z
co iz ~
U ~ I Z co = z 2 =
II
z Z
U
i 2 z= O
O= n--Q U
~
U Cd z zZ
v ~ =
z a~ -_ Cd / Z
/ Z V
~
i a Z~Nll Z._ = Zi cv_r~ M ~, r 2 Z =
U U II ~
Z N
_ Z~/j O
~ Z cn O
O
N =
z U ~ "O
Z = a N ' U
z z ~ f ~
U c; ~
El) ~Z p Z=
cli r Z ~ U Y
1) Synthesis of intermediate 2-(a-6a) 5-Amino-3-t-butyl-4-cyanopyrazole 2-(1) (8 g, 48.7 mmol), 15 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 50 ml of water were stirred at an inner temperature of 5 C. To the mixturewas added 3.36 g (48.7 mmol) of sodiumnitrite individed portions over 10 minutes, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 10 minutes to form a diazonium salt . Separately, 14.6 g (40.6 mmol) of coupling component 2-(2) was put into a three-necked flask, and 50 g of sodium acetate and 50 ml of pyridine were added and stirred. The diazonium salt solution was added dropwise to the mixture at an inner temperature of 5 C over 10 minutes. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. Asaturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (300 ml) was poured into the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration to give 24.2 g (93%) of compound 2-(a-6a).
2) Synthesis of compound 2-(a-6) To 10.7 g (20 mmol) of compound 2-(a-6a) were added 15 g (60 mmol) of heterylating agent 2- (3) , 8. 8 g of potassium carbonate, and 50 ml of dimethylacetamide, and the mixture was heated at 100 C for 3 hours while stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 200 ml of 1N HC1 aqueous solution was added thereto. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration and recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 15.4 g (80%) of azo compound 2-(a-6).
xmax = 558 nm (dimethylformamide solution) rn/z (positive ion mode) = 960 In formula (3) representing the azo compound according to the invention, Z represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom, the nitrogen atom, X, and Y; X represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a carbon atom; and Y represents a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a carbon atom provided that Y is not a nitrogen atom when X is a carbon atom.
X preferably represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atoms. Y preferably represents a nitrogen atom, a carbon atom or a sulfur atom. It is preferred that X representing a nitrogen atom be combined with Y representing a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
The hetero ring completed by X, Y, and Z includes a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, and a benzoxazole ring, with an imidazole ring and a triazole ring being preferred.
The hetero ring can have a substituent at an arbitrary position.
Substituents on the hetero ring may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure. The nitrogen atom of the hetero ring may be quaternarized.
Suitable substituents on the hetero ring include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group and a bicycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group (including an anilino group), an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulf inyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulf onyl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an arylazo group, a heterocyclic azo group, an imido group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, and a silyl group.
The substituents on the hetero ring will be described in more detail. The halogen atom includes chlorine, bromine, and iodine. The term "alkyl group" is intended to include substituted or unsubstituted, straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, bicycloalkyl groups, tricycloalkyl group, and the like. The alkyl group, in its narrow sense of term, preferably contains 1 to 30 carbon atoms, including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, eicosyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. The cycloalkyl group preferably contains 3 to 30 carbon atoms, including cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, and 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl. The bicycloalkyl group pref erably contains 5 to 30 carbon atoms ( i. e., amonovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atomfrom a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms), including bicyclo[1,2,2]heptan-2-yl and bicyclo[2,2,2]octan-3-yl. The term "alkyl" appearing in substituents hereinafter described, such as "alkyl" in an alkylthio group, has the same meaning as mentioned above.
The term "alkenyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted, straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkenyl group, including alkenyl groups (preferably containing 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, pulenyl, geranyl and oleyl), cycloalkenyl groups (preferably containing3to30carbon atoms, i.e., monovalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from cycloalkenes having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-cyclopenten-1-yl and2-cyclohexen-1-yl), and bicycloalkenyl groups (preferably having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, i.e., monovalent groups derived by removing one hydrogen atomsfrom bicycloalkenes having one double bond, such as bicyclo[2,2,l]hep-2-en-1-yl and bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl).
The alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, e. g. , ethynyl, propargyl, and trimethylsilylethynyl. The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, and o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or non-aromatic 5- or6-membered heterocyclic compound, still preferably a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, such as 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, and 2-benzothiazolyl.
The alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, t-butoxy, n-octyloxy, and 2-methoxyethoxy. The aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-t-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, and 2-tetradecanoylaminophenoxy. The silyloxy group preferably contains 3 to 20 carbon atoms, including trimethylsilyloxy and t-butyldimethylsilyloxy. The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group containing 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy and 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy. The acyloxy group preferably includes a formyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, e.g., acetyloxy, pivaroyloxy and stearoyloxy, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, e.g., benzoyloxy and p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy.
The carbamoyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N,N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy, N,N-diethylcarbamoyloxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, and N-n-octylcarbamoyloxy. The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, t-butoxycarbonyloxy, and n-octylcarbonyloxy. The aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, and p-n-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy.
The amino group preferably includes an unsubstituted amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., methylamino, dimethylamino), an anilino group, and a substituted anilino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., N-methylanilino and diphenylamino).
The acylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., formylamino, acetylamino, pivaroylamino, and lauroylamino) and a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., benzoylamino, 3, 4, 5-tri -n-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl amino). The aminocarbonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as carbamoylamino, N, N-dime thyl amino ca rbonyl amino, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, and morpholinocarbonylamino.
The alkoyxycarbonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, t-butoxycarbonylamino, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino, and N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino. The aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino, and m-(n-octyloxy)phenoxycarbonylamino. The sulfamoylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having up to 30 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoylamino, N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, and N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino. The alkylsulfonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonylamino and butylsulfonylamino. The arylsulfonylamino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, and p-methylphenylsulfonylamino.
The alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, and n-hexadecylthio. The arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, and m-methoxyphenylthio. The heterocyclic thio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio and 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio.
The sulfamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having up to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-ethylsulfamoyl, N-(3-dodecyloxypropyl)sulfamoyl, N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-acetylsulfamoyl, N-benzoylsulfamoyl, and N-(N'-phenylcarbamoyl)sulfamoyl.
The alkylsulfinyl group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to carbon atoms, such as methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
The arylsulfinyl group preferably includes a substituted or 25 unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfinyl and p-methylphenylsulfinyl. The alkylsulfonyl group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The arylsulfonyl group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfonyl and p-methylphenylsulfonyl.
The acyl group preferably includes a formyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., acetyl, pivaroyl, 2-chloroacetyl, and stearoyl), a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., benzoyl and p-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl), and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic carbonyl group (with a carbonyl group bonded to the carbon atom of a hetero ring) (e.g., 2-pyridylcarbonyl and 2-furylcarbonyl) . The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyl, p-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, and p-t-butylphenoxycarbonyl. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, and n-octadecyloxycarbonyl.
The carbamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-n-octylcarbamoyl, and N-(methylsulfonyl)carbamoyl.
The aryl- or heterocyclic azo group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylazo and p-clorophenylazo, and a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo. The imido group preferably includes an N-succinimido group and an N-phthalimido group.
The phosphino group preferably includes a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethylphosphino, diphenylphosphino, and methylphenoxyphosphino. The phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phosphinyl, dioctyloxyphosphinyl, and diethoxyphosphinyl. The phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as diphenoxyphosphinyloxy and dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy.
The phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted one having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino and dimethylaminophosphinylamino.
The silyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted silyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, and phenyldimethylsilyl.
As stated previously, the substituents on the hetero ring additionally include a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a mercapto group, and a sulfo group.
Of the above-recited functional groups those having a hydrogen atom may have the hydrogen atom substituted with the above-recited substituents. Such substituted functional groups include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group. Specific examples are methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, acetylaminosulfonyl, and benzoylaminosulfonyl.
Preferred substituents on the hetero ring completed by X, Y, and Z are a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. Where substituents on the hetero ring are connected together to form a cyclic structure, the cyclic structure is preferably a benzene or pyridine ring condensed with the hetero ring.
In formula (3), Al and A2 both represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom, or one of them represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom with the other representing a nitrogen atom, provided that A2 does not have a nitro group as a substituent. It is preferred that A1 and A2 both represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom for better performance.
The substituents of the substituted carbon atom as Al or A2 preferably include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic acid alkyl ester group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a cyano group. Still preferred substituents are a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, and a carboxyl group.
A1 is preferably a carbon atom or a carbon atom having a methyl group as a substituent. A2 is preferably a carbon atom or a carbon atom having a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or a carboxyl group as a substituent.
In formula (3) , Rl, R2, R3, and R4 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent. The groups as R1, R2, R3, and R4 will further be described below.
The alkyl group includes a substituted alkyl group and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably contains 1 to 12 carbon atom, particularly 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Substituents for the alkyl group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Specific examples of the alkyl group are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, and 4-sulfobutyl.
The cycloalkyl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group which preferably contains 5 to 12 carbon atoms, such as cyclohexyl. Substituents for the cycloalkyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups.
The aralkyl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted one which preferably contains 7 to 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl and 2-phenethyl. Substituents for the aralkyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups.
The alkenyl group includes a substituted alkenyl group and an unsubstituted which preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
Substituents for the alkenyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkenyl group are a vinyl group and an allyl group.
The aryl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group which preferably has 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
Substituents for the aryl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl, and m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl.
The heterocyclic group includes a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group is preferred. Substituents for the heterocyclic groupinclude ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the heterocyclic group are 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, and 2-furyl. The sulfonyl group includes a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group. The acyl group includes a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group which preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as acetyl and benzoyl.
Substituents for the acyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups.
R1r R2, R3, and R4 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, still preferably a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Note that Rl and R2 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom and that R3 and R3 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom, either.
It is particularly preferred that RI and R3 each represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group and that R2 is a hydrogen atom. The aryl group as R1 and R3 is preferably an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an acyl group, etc.
While the azo group in azo compounds can be an azo type -N=N- or a hydrazo type =N-NH- according to the structure, both are described as an azo type in the present invention.
The azo compound of formula (3) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) diazotizing a heterocyclic primary amine with a diazotizing agent to form a diazonium salt and (b) allowing the diazonium salt to react with a coupling component.
Diazotization of a heterocyclic primary amine can be carried out with reference, e.g., to Chemical Reviews, vol.
75, p. 241 (1975). The diazotizing agent which can be used includes a diluted hydrochloric acid aqueous solution of sodium nitrite, isopentyl nitrite, and nitrosylsulfuric acid.
The pyridine coupling component which can be used in step (b) is synthesized by processes described, e.g., JP-A-51-83631, JP-A-49-74718, and JP-B-52-46230 (the term "JP-B" as used herein means an "examined Japanese patent publication").
Specific examples of the azo compounds represented by formula (3) are listed below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
Table 3-1 r /COOEt R Re NI
H-N
R, Dye R1 R3 R, R5 R6 3-1 Ph Ph H CH3 CN
3-2 Ph Ph H CH3 CONH2 3- 3 Ph Ph H CH3 COOH
3-4 Ph Ph H CH3 H
3-6 Ph Ph H H
3-6 Ph Ph H H CONH2 3-7 Ph Ph H H COOH
3-8 Ph Ph H H H
3-9 Ph Ph SO2CH3 CH3 H
S
3-1 Q Ph Ph CH3 H
3-1 1 Ph Ph -4 ~\ H H
N
3-1 2 "C8H 17CeH17 H CH3 CN
3-1 3 c nC8Ht7 nCaH17 H H CN
3-1 4 a CB}.{ DCBHl7 H CH3 CONH2 Table 3-1 (cont'd) /COOEt R5 R6 NC Nr R4 X1>-N=ft-<( N
H-N
R, Dye R, R3 R4 R3 Re 3- 1 5 a r'CeH17 c nCaHi7 H CH3 H
3- 1 6 c~-OCBH a"CeH H H H
Me Me 3-1 7 Me Me H CH3 CN
me (vJe e Me 3-1 8 Me ~~ Me SO2CH3 CH3 H
Me Me S lzz~
3-1 9 Me Me -\ ~ ~ H H
- -' N
Me Me 3-2 0 Me ~~ Me H CH3 CN
- -Me Me 3-2 1 &SO3K &SO3K H CH3 CN
3- 2 2 o --6 H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
3-2 3 0 --o H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
7 :~
Table 3-2 ~COO'Bu Rs RS
N />-N=N N, PhN -N R3 H-N
, Ri Dye R, R3 R4 R5 Rs 3-2 4 Ph Ph H CH3 CN
3- 2 5 Ph Ph H CH3 CONH2 3- 2 6 Ph Ph H CH3 COOH
3-27 Ph Ph H CH3 H
3- 2 8 Ph Ph H H CN
3- 2 9 Ph Ph H H CONH2 3- 3 0 Ph Ph H H COOH
3- 3 1 Ph Ph H H H
3- 3 2 Ph Ph SO2CH3 CH3 H
S ~
3- 3 3 Ph Ph ---~~ ~/ CH3 H
N
S ~
3- 3 4 Ph Ph --{~ H H
N ~
3- 3 5 nCaHt7 nCaHt7 H CH3 CN
3- 3 6 C nC9H17 nCeH17 H H CN
3- 3 7 cnCBH17 /_\ nCeH17 H CH3 CONH2 Table 3-2 (cont'd) c C001Bu Rs R8 N ,R4 jj i-N=N ?-~ N
Ph~N N R3 H-f~
Dye R, R3 R4 Rs Rs 3-3 8 "CeH17 nC8H17 H CH3 H
3- 3 9 "CBH17 nCsH17 H H H
Me Me 3-4 0 O Me Me H CH3 CN
me e e 3- 4 1 -Me -Me SO2CH3 CH3 H
Me e Me 3-4 2 Me A'~e S ~/ H H
N
Me Me Me e 3-4 3 0 Me YMe H CH3 CN
Me Me 3-4 4 aSO3K aSO3K H CH3 CN
3-4 5 b -6 H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
3-4 6 o --o H CH3 CN
COOH COOH
Table 3-3 Z,_-_,X H3C CN
~--N=N NH
HN
CeH17 CeH17 , Z Dye ;Z,' ' >x --N=N Dye ;/ >-N=N
Y-N '- Y-N
NC NCH3 CI p H3 r N
3-47 / ~ 3-53 \ 1 i--NC N CI N
Ci C~5 F C
N ~
3- 48 / 3-54 \ ~ ~ -CI N~ F3C N
/
3-49 ~ 3-55 ~
~
~ N
3- b 0 CH2COOCH3 H3COzS~N~ N %
3 N-N HOOC OnN
(CH2)3SO3Na ~~>_ 3- 5 2 ~-N 3- 5 8 NCNCH3 Table 3-4 X H -; }--N=N N ~ / CH3 Y-N _N
H3C o z,---.X z~-x Dye ; >-N=N Dye ; >--N=N
Y-N Y-N
N
--3-5 9 ~N 3-6 5 ~
)aN
NC N~/ CI
FaC / N
3-6 0 / \ 3-6 6 ~ ~ i}-CI~N~ F3C N
3-6 1 ~3-6 7 2N N O
EIIIIIIN
3-6 8 H3CO2SN~ CH3 N-N HOOC
3-6 3 Nk 3-6 9 (CH~3SO3N8 3-6 4 ~_~ 3-7 0 \
NC N N N
In formula (4) representing the azo compound according to the present invention, Z1 represents an atomic group necessary to form a hetero ring together with the carbon atom and the sulfur atom. The hetero ring formed by Z1 preferably includes a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a benzisothiazole ring, a 1,3,4-thiadiazole ring, and a 1,2,4-thiadiazole ring, with a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a benzisothiazole ring, a 1,3,4-thiadiazole ring, and a 1,2,4-thiadiazole ring being still preferred. An isothiazole ring, a 1,3,4-isothiazole ring, and a 1,2,4-isothiazole ring are particularly preferred. An isothiazole ring is the most preferred. The hetero ring can have a substituent at an arbitrary position. Where the hetero ring is a nitrogen-containing ring, the nitrogen atom may be quaternarized.
Ail and A12 each represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that A11 and A12 do not simultaneously represent a nitrogen atom. All and A12 each preferably represent a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom.
The monovalent substitutent of the substituted carbon atom as A11 or A12 includes the groups recited below as Rzl, R12r R13, and R14 and a cyano group. Preferred of these substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group, and a cyano group.
R11, R12, R13, and R14 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent, provided that at least one of R11 and R12 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group and that R13 and R19 do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
These groups will further be described below.
The alkyl group includes a-substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The alkyl group preferably contains 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The substituents of the substituted alkyl group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkyl group are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl, and 4-sulfobutyl.
The cycloalkyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The cycloalkyl group preferably contains 5 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituents of the substituted cycloalkyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.
The aralkyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituents include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl and 2-phenethyl.
The alkenyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The alkenyl group preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituent includes ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the alkenyl group are vinyl and allyl.
The aryl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The aryl group preferably contains 7 to 12 carbon atoms. The substituents on the substituted aryl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl, and m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl.
The heterocyclic group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group is preferred. Substituents for the heterocyclic group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the heterocyclic group are 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, and 2-furyl.
The sulfonyl group includes a methanesulfonyl group and a phenylsulfonyl group. The acyl group includes a substituted one and an unsubstituted one. The acyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Substituents for the acyl group include ionic hydrophilic groups. Examples of the acyl group are acetyl and benzoyl.
Rii, R12, R13, and R14 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group and still preferably represent a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. As previously defined, at least one of Ril and R12 is an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R13 and Riq do not represent a hydrogen atom simultaneously.
It is particularly preferred that R11 and R13 each represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group and that R12 represents a hydrogen atom. The aryl group as R11 or R13 is preferably a substituted aryl group. Substituents for this aryl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, and an acyl group.
Of the compounds represented by formula (4) preferred are those represented by formula (5):
' R25 R26 R24 (5) ~2 '__.S -"N
R2s H-N\
R2t wherein Z2 has the same meaning as Z1; R21 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R23 and R24 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, wherein each group may have a substituent; and R25 and R26 each represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
A preferred range for Z2 is the same as for Z1 in formula (4) . The substituents that R21, R23 or R24 can have preferably include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl and octyl), a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e. g. , methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy) , and an ionic hydrophilic group (e. g. , carboxyl or a salt thereof, or sulfo or a salt thereof).
The monovalent substituent as R25 and R26 preferably includes the groups recited above as R11, R12, R13, and R14 and a cyano group. RZ.5 and R26 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group, and a cyano group.
In particular, R25 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a carboxyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
and R26 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group.
Of the preferred compounds represented by formula (5) those represented by formula (6) are still preferred.
R35 R36 ,R34 (6) T3 ~,%
-N_N _'N\
''~--- S N
HN
=
wherein Z3 has the same meaning as Z1; R31 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R33 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group, each of which may have a substituent;
and R35 and R36 each represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
A preferred range for Z3 is the same as for Z1 in formula (4) . The substituents that R31 or R33 can have preferably include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl and octyl), a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e . g. , methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy) , and an ionic hydrophilic group (e.g., carboxyl or a salt thereof, or sulfo or a salt thereof).
The monovalent substituent as R35 and R36 preferably includes the groups recited above as R11, R12, R13, and R14 and a cyano group. Similarly to R25, R35 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a carboxyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Similarly to R26, R36 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group.
Of the compounds represented by formula (6), those in which R31 and R33 each represent a phenyl group substituted with a monovalent substituent are preferred. Particularly preferred are those in which R31 is a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an ionic hydrophilic group, and R33 is an alkyl group or a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an ionic hydrophilic group. The substituent of the substituted phenyl group as R31 or R33 preferably includes a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl and octyl), a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e. g. , methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy), and an ionic hydrophilic group (e.g., carboxyl or a salt thereof, or sulfo or a salt thereof).
The azo compound of formula (4) is prepared by a process comprising the steps of:
(a) diazotizing a heterocyclic primary amine with a diazotizing agent to form a diazonium salt and (b) allowing the diazonium salt to react with a coupling component.
Diazotization of a heterocyclic primary amine can be carried out with reference, e.g., to Chemical Reviews, vol.
75, p. 241 (1975) . The diazotizing agent which can be used includes a diluted hydrochloric acid aqueous solution of sodium nitrite, isopentyl nitrite, and nitrosylsulfuric acid.
The pyridine coupling component which is used in step (b) is synthesized by processesdescribed, e.g., JP-A-51-83631, JP-A-49-74718, and JP-B-52-46230.
Specific examples of the azo compounds represented by formula (4) are shown below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
Tables 4-1 z--. H
;- , , j-N=N N
-- S 'N R3 H-N
R i z~-, ,- , i ~- R, R3 Dye -- S
4-1 Et00 S / \ ~ ~ nCsHV / \nCeH17 4-2 N,S 1 0 SO3K aSO3K
4-3 ~ ~ ~ COOH
NC S
"BuSO2 N
4- 4 ,i, n CeHt7 RCaHt7 S
N-N
4- 5 ~ 1~ ~ \ "CBHt7 nCe{it7 EtS S~
OC12H25 OC12H2s 4-6 O ~'~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ S/\
Tables 4-2 _ H3C CONH2 Z H
;- /-N=N
" S -N R3 H-N
R, Z" .
,- , ; ~- Ri Ra Dye 4-7 ~ ~ ~ ~ nC8~...~17 ~ nCaH17 EtOO S
4-8 N/ \ nCeHt7 nCeHt7 g 4-9 // ~ ~ nCeH17 / \ nCeHi7 NC/'g nBuSO2 Z 4-1 0 N ~ _ ~ COOH
S
4- 1 1 /jJ~N /\ nCe~..~i7 n~;eHt7 EtS~g/
4- 1 2 1 CH3 lCeH17 _ NS
Tables 4-3 H
N=N _ N R3 H-N
,Rt Z-Dye ' _- S~- Rt R3 4- 1 3 a nCeH17 nCsFjt7 EtOOC S ~
S
4- 1 5 ~~ /~ CH3 CH3 NC S -"BUSOZ
4-1 6 N/ nCeH17 "CBH17 S
N-N
4-1 7 EtS / \ 1/ S / ~ nC8H17 nCBH17 4-1 8 N/ ~ aS03K SO3K
~
Tables 4-4 H3C CN R5 Rs N, ' N=N j - N
H-N
, R, R, Ra R4 Rs R6 Dye 4- 1 9 0 nCeHy7 anCBH17 SOZCH3 CH3 H
4-2 0 nCeH17 nCe}{17 COCH3 CH3 H
4- 2 1 "C8H17 "CeH17 H COOEt CN
4- 2 2 O SO3K &SO3K H COOH H
S~
4-2 3 CH3 CH3 --~~ õ CH3 H
N
4- 2 4 f"C8H17 tCeHt7 SOZCH3 H H
Tables 4-4 (cont'd) H3C CN R5 Re N~ 1 N=N N
H-N
, R, Dye R1 R3 R4 R5 R6 4-2 5 o H H CN
CI CI
4-2 6 CI ~\ CI H H COOH
CI CI
SOzNHPh S02NHPh NHCOCH3 Ph 4- 2 9 rC4Hs Ph H
Tables 4-5 Z, ,- , ;-N=N NH
=-- S _N
0 CaH17 Z Z =, ', ,' =
Dye Dye HOOC S S
NC
4-3 2 ~ 4-38 ~
NC g C2HSOOC g CN N
4-3 3 NC ~ 4-3 9 0~
s S
NC
/ S
~ ~ N
Br H3COOC g I ~
/ ~ i 4-3 5 Ci 4-41 OHC S
/ S
~ 4-42 ~, (H3C)2N02S S NCS N
Tables 4-5 (cont'd) /--N=N NH
S N
HN
CeH
Z Z
.
,~ ,= , Dye '-- S~- Dye Ph CI CN ~--N
4- 4 3 N 1 4- 4 9 N.S
S
C4H902S CN H3COOC(H2C)zS
4- 4 4 N / / \ 4- 5 0 >-N
.S N' i~ ~-N
4- 4 5 / 1 4-5 1 C4H9O2S s N~S
CI
N-N
4-4 6 4-5 2 C~ S
N, S
N-N
O2N RN,~ 4- 4 7 4-5 3 NHPh N-N
S
The azo dyes represented by formulae (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (AZ-1) and (AZ-2) of the present invention are useful as a colorant of image (especially color image) recording materials including ink jet recording materials, thermal transfer recording material, pressure-sensitive recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing inks, recording pens, and so on. The azo dyes of the present invention are particularly fit for use in ink jet recording materials, thermal transfer recording materials, and electrophotographic recording materials. Application to ink jet recording materials is the most effective. The azo dyes of the invention also find applications to color filters used in solid-state image sensors, e.g., CCDs, and displays, e.g., LCDs and PDPs, and dye baths for textile.
The azo dyes of the invention can have selected substituents so as to exhibit physical properties desired for intended applications, such as solubility, dispersibility, and thermal mobility. The azo compounds are used in a selected form fit for intended applications, such as a solution or a dispersion (e.g., an emulsion or a suspension).
In formulae (AZ-1) and (AZ-2 ), substituents the aromatic or heterocyclic ring can have include those described as for G, Rl, and R2 of formula (1).
Quantum chemical calculation, also designated molecular orbital calculation, for obtaining the interfacial angle as specified in the present invention is performed by the B3LYP method, which is a generally used ab initio molecular orbital method, with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher class basis set. The B3LYP method is called a DFT-HF hybrid method, an admixture of a density functional theory (DFT) and a Hartree-Fock (HF) theory. The B3LYP calculation can be carried out by using Gaussian 98 program, a software package available from Gaussian Inc.
The quantum chemical calculation is, in short, a method of calculating the electron kinetic energy, the interaction between electrons, the interaction between electrons and an atomic nucleus, and the interaction between atomic nuclei as for the whole molecule to determine a steric structure with lowest energy. The "steric structure with lowest energy"
implies the structure in which the molecule exists. For the theoretical details a number of books can be referred to, such as Teijiro Yonezawa, Ryosh.ikagaku Nyumon, Kagaku Dojin (1983), KiyoshiMutai, Ryoshikagaku Bunshikidoho Nyumon, Shokodo (1991), Minoru Hirota, Bunshikidoho, Shokabo (1999), and Tim Clark, Keisankagaku Guidebook Sandai Bunshikeisan Program no Kaisetsu (Japanese Trans. translated by Eiji Ohsawa, et al.), Maruzen (1988).
Examples of calculations on compounds, which are out of the scope of the present invention, by the B3LYP method using the basis set 6-31G* are reported in Journal of Physical Chemistry Part A, p. 1214 (2001).
Accuracy of quantum chemical calculation depends on the method (e.g., density functional method or Hartree-Fock method) and the basis set (e.g., 6-31G*, 3-21G, etc.). In the present invention, calculation for obtaining the energically most stable structure is performed by the DFT/B3LYP method with the basis set 6-31G* or a higher basis set, e. g. , 6-31+G*, 6-31G** or 6-311G*. The present inventors have found that the azomethine dye represented by formula (AZ-1) exhibits excellent performance when the interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 of the calculated structure is 45 to 135 , preferably 60 to 120 C.
In other words, it has been found that the dye with.the absolute interfacial angle 1-2-3-4 closer to 90 exhibits a narrower absorption band in its absorption spectrum, which is more favorable for reproduction of a hue. To have a narrow absorption band is one of the important basic characters as a dye. It is additionally expected that the chromophore gains in rigidity according as the interfacial angle becomes closer to a right angle, which will be beneficial for color fastness.
Quantum chemical calculation hasnow come to be performed on a workstation or a computer and be a common tool in the field of chemical calculations. However, since calculation on a large molecule takes much time, a modeling technique may be adopted to the moieties other than the important one. For instance a long-chain alkyl group could be displaced with a methyl group, and a long-chain alkoxy group with a methoxy group. Similar displacement can be made when necessary.
The following list is examples of the compounds represented by formula (AZ-1), designated Dl to D14. The interfacial angle (unit: ) specified in formula (AZ-1) are indicated in the parentheses. REF1 and REF2 shown below are comparative examples of calculations. All the calculations were performed according to the B3LYP method by using a program package available from Gaussian Inc. with the basis set 6-31G*.
The list is for illustrative purposes only but not for limiting the present invention.
Me Me CN H3C Me Me ~~
Me ~
N NN H Me Dl N HN
Me (83.4) S N
dM9 Me Me Me H3C CN
Me CN H Me N~ NN \ ~ N
D2 HN Me M e (83.5) S ~N Me Mo Me Me CN
=,N N
D3 NN , N
HN (84.0) Me AN ~,1~ I
Me Me Me H3C
CN
Me CN H
D4 ~N N
N, N
N HN (61.6) S 'N Me Me Me N /N N Me N. ~-N N Me ~
D5 N HN Me (107.5) S ~N Me Me Me H3C Me Me - 1 /
~'N aN ~ N
N
D6 S-lkN HN (125.9) Me CI
H Me N N N
CI y--N N I
N Me D7 HN SN \ Me 65.7 Me Me Me - H Me I ~N N
N N Me DB HN Me (76.7) O N Me Me Me Me CN
N ,N ~ oz D9 a N LN HN -N
/1' (76S) Me HN ~ N Me I
b Me Me Me H3C Me Me CN - )!~r Me ~N N
~Me D10 N' N N
N HN N (81.8) Me g Me Me Me Me H3C Pri CN ._ JJT"//J
Me D11 õN X N
N~ N N (80.9) N HN rN
S N iPt H3C Me Me CN
N N / H N
D12 N~ N
N HN Me (66.8) g' 'N N
=
N
b\' H3C M8 Me N-S ''N I N
N N )__N Me D13 Me ~
CN HN Me (75.2) S
Me Me Me Me H3C CN
CN H
D14 1'qe ' ~N N
N'N HN N (45.3) i Me N
Me N-S N N (18.8) Mer 'N~N N I
HN
Me Me ~-S ' NH
REF2 Me-~N HN N
CN
0M Me e The azo dyes represented by formulae (AZ-1) and (AZ-2) can be synthesized in the same manner as for the compounds of formulae (1) and (2) The absorption characteristics of the azo dyes used in the present invention are preferably such that the absorption spectrum measured in an N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) solution has a ratio of the maximum absorbance a in a wavelength range between 380 nm and 450 nm to the maximum absorbance b in a wavelength range between 500 nm and 580 nm, a/b, of less than 0.4. The absorbances a and b as used in the present invention are measured with a spectrophotometer specified in JIS Z8120-86 under the following conditions. The measuring temperature was selected from 15 to 30 C . The cell having an optical path length of 10 mm was used. A given amount (converted to the molecular wight) of a sample compound was diluted with DMF
to such a concentration as to show an absorbance, whichever of a (between 380 nm and 450 nm) and b (between 500 nm and 580 nm) was higher, in a range of from 0. 8 to 1. 0. The absorbance ratio a/b was obtained from the absorption spectrum of the compound solution in this adjusted concentration.
Figs. 1 and 2 are examples of the absorption spectra in DMF, in which absorbances (Abs) are plotted as ordinate and wavelengths (nm) as abscissa. Fig. 1 shows the spectra of compound D10 (solid line) and REF1 (dotted line), and Fig.
2 compound D13 (solid line) and REF2 (dotted line) . The molar absorptivity of D10, D13, REF1, and REF2 were 52000, 48000, 34000, and 40000, respectively. In these particular examples, the compounds under analysis had been diluted with DMF so that the absorption peak in the wavelength region of 500 to 580 nm (peak b) might be 1.0 (could range from 0.8 to 1.0) . Therefore, the absorbance ratio a/b is easily obtained simply by reading the absorption peak in the wavelength region of 380 to 450 nm (peak a).
For the azo dyes of the present invention, having the absorbance ratio a/b of less than 0.4 means securing color reproducibility (hue) as a colorant. The absorbance ratio a/b is still preferably less than 0.35, particularly preferably 0.3 or less.
Second preferred embodiment The azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition according to the present invention has an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE. The higher the oxidation potential, the better. A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.1 V (vs. SCE) is preferred. A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.2 V (vs. SCE) is still preferred.
In the study on ozone resistance of a color image, the present inventors have found that there is a correlation between the oxidation potential of a coloring compound used for forming a color image and ozone resistance. They have ascertained that ozone resistance can be improved by using an azo compound whose oxidation potential is nobler than 1.0 V
with respect to a saturated calomel electrode (SCE). They have also ascertained that an azo compound containing at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 as well as having the above-specified oxidation potential shows unexpectedly high resistance to ozone gas.
The improvement of ozone resistance of a color image by the compound having a specific oxidation potential can be accounted for by the relationship between the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the compound and a lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of ozone gas. That is, reaction occurs between the HOMO of a coloring compound and the LUMO of ozone to oxidize the coloring compound, which is considered to cause ozone resistance reduction of a color image. Therefore, ozone resistance improvement will be established by reducing the HOMO of a coloring compound to reduce its reactivity with ozone.
Oxidation potential represents electron mobility from a sample to an electrode. The higher (the nobler) the oxidation potential, the less mobile the electrons, i.e., the less susceptible to oxidation the sample. In relation to a chemical structure, oxidation potential becomes nobler with an electron-attracting group introduced therein, and it becomes less noble with an electron-donating group introduced therein.
Oxidation potential indicates the potential of the anode at which a compound lose its electrons in volutammetry as hereinafter described in detail. It is considered that oxidation potential approximates to the energy level of HOMO
of a compound in its ground state.
Oxidation potential is measured with a DC polarographic system or a cyclic volutammetric system. A sample to be measured is dissolved in a solution of a supporting electrolyte, such as sodium perchlorate or tetrapropylammonium perchlorate, in a solvent, such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, in a concentration of 1 x 10-9 to 1 x 10-6 mol=dm 3, and the electric potential of the working electrode is measured using an SCE
as a reference electrode. Appropriate electrolyte and solvent are selected according to the oxidation potential or solubility of the sample. For the details of such selection reference can be made to P. Delalhay, New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Interscience Publishers (1954), A.J. Bard, et al., Electrochemical Methods, John Willey & Sons (1980), and Akira Fuj ishima, et al., DenkikagakuSokuteiho, pp. 101-118, Gihodo (1984).
The oxidation potential measurements can vary by about several tens of millivolts by the influences of potential difference between different liquids, resistance of the sample solution, etc. Correction can be made for such variation by using a standard sample (e.g., hydroquinone) thereby to assure reproducibility of the measurements.
In the present invention, oxidation potential measurement was made by DC polarography using an N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing 0.1 mol=dm 3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm 3 of a sample compound, an SCE as a reference electrode, a graphite electrode as a working electrode, and a platinum electrode as a counter electrode.
Manipulations for obtaining a compound having a noble oxidation potential include (i) selecting a compound structure inherently having a noble oxidation potential and (ii) introducing an ele.ctron-attracting group (i.e., a group having a large Hammett's substituent constant op value, hereinafter described) to an arbitrary position of a compound. To select a dye structure inherently having a noble oxidation potential is a preferred manipulation from the standpoint of not only ozone resistance but molecular designing with ease of introducing an arbitrary electron-attracting or donating group to adjust color fastness, hue, and physical properties.
Where an electron-attracting group is introduced into an arbitrary position of a compound structure to make the oxidation potential nobler thereby reducing the reactivity with ozone that is an electrophilic reagent, a Hammett's substituent constant op value can be made use of as a measure for electron-attracting or donating character of a substituent.
The oxidation potential can be made nobler by introducing a substituent having a large 6p value.
The Hammett' s substituent constant csp value is explained here briefly. Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L.P. Hammett in 1935 in an attempt to discuss quantitatively the influences of.substituents on reaction and equilibrium of benzene derivatives and is today generally admitted to be valid. Substituent constants used in Hammett's rule include a 6p value and a am value. These values are found in many general books, such as J.A. Dean (ed.), Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, 12th Ed., McGraw-Hill (1979) and Kagaku-no-ryoiki, Extra No. 122, pp. 96-103, Nankodo (1979).
The azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition of the invention should have at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5, preferably -9 to 5, still preferably -8 to 5, in water. The "substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5" is a substituent representing a proton-dissociating moiety of a compound having a pKa value of -10 to 5 as measured in water.
A pKa value is a value defined, e. g. , in Yasuhiko Sawaki, Kisokagaku Course Buturiyukikagaku, pp. 47-60, Maruzen (1999) pKa values of a variety of compounds are given in M.B. Smith & J. March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry 5th Ed., p.
329, Table 8.1, John Wiley & Sons (2001) and references cited therein, from which pKa values of substituents can be derived.
pKa values of compounds not found in the literature can be obtained according to the method taught in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed.), Jikken Kagaku Koza 1 Kihon Sosa I (4th ed.), p. 115, Maruzen (1990) based on the definition of a pKa value.
The pKa value of a weak acid can be obtained as a relative value in accordance with the method described in Yasuhiko Sawaki, Kisokagaku Course Buturiyukikagaku, p. 50, Maruzen (1999).
Since a pKa value varies depending on such an environment as a solvent, the method described in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed. ), Jikken Kagaku Koza 9 Denki=Jiki (4th ed. ), p. 286, Maruzen (1991) may be followed.
Note that a pKa value of an arbitrary substituent in a compound is greatly influenced by the structure of the compound so that an actual value may differ from a value estimated from another compound. Although it is possible to measure the pKa value of a dissociating group of a compound by use of the above-described method, it is not easy to systematically 20, comprehend the measured values in, for example, assigning the measured values because, for one thing, moieties other than the dissociating group can influence the measurements.
Hence, in the present invention, a pKa value of an arbitrary substituent of a compound is represented not by a value actually measured on the compound but by a general pKa value of a corresponding functional group. Evaluation is preferably made by utilizing the pKa value of a dissociating group of a compound whose structure near the dissociating group is analogous to that of the compound to be evaluated so as to minimize thesubstituent effect orsteric effect. For example, for expressing the pKa value of a carboxyl group in a certain compound A in which the carboxyl group is bonded to a benzene ring, the pKa value of benzoic acid (=4.2) or a derivative thereof in which the kind and the position of substituents on the benzene ring are similar to those of the compound A
can be used. The pKa values used in the invention for qualitatively defining a compound are those measured in water.
Substituents the pKa value of which falls between -10 and 5 include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxyl group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, and a dihydroxyphosphino group, with a sulfo group and a carboxyl group being preferred.
While a dissociating group is expressed in a non-dissociated form or a salt form in the present invention, it is possible for the compound to be present actually in a dissociated state, a non-dissociated state or a dissociated/non-dissociated mixed state in an arbitrary ratio.
The actual state of a dissociating group depends on the environment in which the compound is placed.
The number of the substituents whose pKa value is between -10 and 5 per molecule is 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, still preferably 4 or more. The substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 can be bonded at any positions in the azo compound independently of each other. Where the substituents are water-soluble groups, it is advisable to space them out according to the teachings about factors directly acting on cellulose fiber in Kazuo Kondo (editorial supervisor) , Senshoku (3rd ed.), Tokyo Denki University Publishing Dep.
(1987).
It is preferred that at least one substituent, particularly two or more substituents, having a pKa value of -10 to 5 be positioned on each side of the azo group -N=N-. Applied to preferred azo compounds represented by formula (5-I), this means that Het (A5) andHet (B5) each carryat least one substituent, particularly two or more substituents, having a pKa value of -10 to 5.
The improvement of ozone resistance of a color image by the specific azo compound could be accounted for by the action of an appropriate number of appropriate dissociating groups disposed on appropriate positions as well as the above-described inf luences of thespecific oxidation potential..
It is considered that such configuration of the specific dissociating groups in an azo compound increases the directness of the compound. It would follow that the azo compound in ink can be fixed at a desired position of an image-receiving medium. In other words, the configuration of the dissociating groups seem to produce a mordant ing action between an azo compound and an image-receiving medium. This is not inconsistent with the results of a water resistance test in Examples hereinafter given. Assuming that high water resistance of a color image of an azo dye owes to firm mordanting between the azo dye and an image-receiving medium, the dyeing power could be estimated in a water resistance test. In fact, Examples hereinafter given demonstrate that images having satisfactory ozone resistance also have satisfactory water resistance, revealing some relationship between mordanting and ozone resistance.
The azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition of the invention is pref erably a compound represented by formula (5-1):
Het (A5) -N=N-Het ( B5) (5-1) wherein Het (B5) :
R$4 R55 /
P ~~--N ( 5 - I I ) -N 1, R57 R5a In formula (5-1) , Het (A5) represents a substituted 5-or 6-membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring are a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, an imidazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an isooxazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyridine ring, apyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyrazine ring. Preferred of them are a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a pyridine ring, and a pyrazine ring.
Still preferred are an isothiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a 1,2,4-thiadiazole ring, a 1, 3, 4-thiadiazole ring, anda pyridine ring. A pyrazole ring is particularly preferred.
The heterocyclic ring as represented by Het(AS) may have a substituent apart from the above-described substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5. Suitable substituents the heterocyclic ring can have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group and a bicycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group (including an anilino group), an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an arylazo group, a heterocyclic azo group, an imido group, aphosphino group, aphosphono group, aphosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, and a silyl group.
Of these substituents those having a hydrogen atom may further be substituted with the above-described substituent.
Examples of such substituents the heterocyclic ring can have include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group.
The substituents on the heterocyclic ring may be connected to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon or heterocyclic condensed ring. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group as Het(A5) may have its nitrogen atom quaternized. Where the heterocyclic ring shows tautomerism, the compound includes both tautomers even where only one of them is described.
In formula (5-II) representing Het (B5) , A51 and A5Z each represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that they do not represent a nitrogen atomsimultaneously. Itispreferred that A51 and A52 both represent a carbon atom.
R 54 and R55 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group (which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), a carbamoyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydroxyl group. R54 and R55 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group (which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group. R54 and R55 each still preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or a carboxyl group. In particular, R 54 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an aryl group, a carboxyl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group, still preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and R55 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group or a carboxyl group, still preferably a hydrogen atom, a cyano group or a carbamoyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a cyano group.
R56~ RS7 ~ R58, and R59 each represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. R56, R57, R58, and R59 each preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
Inparticular, R56 and R57 each preferably represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; R58 preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; and R59 preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
Where the substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5 is in the moiety Het(B5), i.e., at any one or more positions selected from R54, R55, R56, R57, R5~ and R59, it is preferably at any one or more positions selected from R56, R57 , R58 and R59, particularly R56 or R57.
The substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5 may be bonded either directly or via an arbitrary divalent linking group. The divalent linking group includes those derived from the above-recited monovalent substituents by removing a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of such linking groups are an alkylene group (e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene or pentylene), an arylene group (e.g., phenylene, naphthylene or 2,4,6-trimethylphenylene), an alkenylene group (e.g., ethenylene or propenylene), an alkynylene group (e.g., ethynylene or propynylene), an amido linkage, an ester linkage, a sulfonamido linkage, a sulfonic acid ester linkage, a urea group, a sulf onyl group, a sulf inyl group, a thio-ether linkage, an ether linkage, a carbonyl group, -N(Rq)- (wherein Rq represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group), a divalent heterocyclic group (e.g., benzothiazole-2,6-diyl, 6-chloro-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl, pyrimidine-2,4-diyl or quinoxaline-2,3-diyl),and a combination of two or more thereof.
These linking groups or linkages may have an arbitrary substituent(s).
While the azo group in the azo compounds of the second preferred embodiment of the present invention can be an azo type -N=N- or a hydrazo type =N-NH- according to the structure, both are described as an azo type in the chemical structures given herein. The azo compounds can show tautomerism depending on the environment in which they are placed. While only one of the tautomers is described, the other tautomer is included under the scope of the invention.
Of the compound represented by formula (5-I) those represented by formula (5-III) are particularly preferred:
R51 R52 _ R54 R55 Rss (5-III ) N,N ' N=N ~ N NR57 Rse wherein R59, R55, R56, R57, R58, and R59 are as defined above;
R51 and R52 have the same meaning as R54 and R55; and R53 has the same meaning as R56, R57, R58, and R59; with proviso that the compound contains at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 at any one or more positions selected from R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, R57, R58, and R59.
In formula ( 5-III ), R51 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, still preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. R52 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an aryl group, a carbamoyl group or a cyano group, still preferably a cyano group. R53 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, still preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. Preferred ranges of R54, R55' R56, R57 , R58, and R59 are the same as those described above.
The configuration of the substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in formula (5-III) is desirably such that at least one, preferably two or more are at positions selected from R51, R52, and R53, and at least one, preferably two or more are at positions selected from R59, R55, R56, R57/ R58, and R59 (at least two in total) . Of the positions R51, R 52 and R53 the position R53 is preferred. Of the positions R59, R55I R56' RS~~
R58, and R59 the positions R56, R57, R58, and R59 are preferred.
The position R56 or R57 is still preferred.
Specific examples of azo compound which can be used in the coloring composition of the present invention are listed below for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
IC4Hy CN AcNH HOOC CN AcNH
~ -N CHZCOOH -N CH2COOH
1N=N
N N,N NN-N ~}-N
N N-COOH (5-1) COOH (5-2) H3C CN AcNH tC4H9 CN AcNH
N' N=N~ NQ N N1 N=N~~njCH2COOH
N N CHZCOOH
COOH
SO3H (5-3) COOH (5-4) 'C4H9 CN AcNH COOH 'C4H q CN
N
N,N1 N=N-~\ ~N N,N=N
N ~N ~--N
NC / CN s / S03H HN ~
~ ~ HO,s~ ~ to ~
CN (5-5) COOH SO3H (5-6) COOH So3H
CN AcNH
CH2COOH AcNH
N, N=N N N (CHz)3S03H
s N CH2COOH N,S N=N\~}-IV
-7) N%/(5-8)C2H
(5-7) 5 (CH2)3SO3H ICqHg CN AcNH
S AcNH N CH2COOH
FS -N (CH2)3SO3H N\ N=N~ i}-N
N,N~--N=N~~N N N(CH2)aS03H
N (CH2)3SO3H (CH2)4SO3H
(5-9) (5-10) Table 5-1 Het(A5)-N=N \ ~/N ~ ~ COOH
N H
HN
qOOH
Het(AS)-H3C CN HOOCH2C CN Ph CN
N S NS, N S' NS' (5-21) (5-22) (5-23) (5-24) /
H3C HOOCH2C HO3S ~ N
NCZ~ NC~~ NC S
(5-25) (5-26) (5-27) "C4H9S02 HO3S
N /- N~ EtS~S/'- HOOCHZCS~S
(5-28) (5-29) (5-30) (5-31) EtO HO ~S(5 ~ 32) -33) NC N (5-34) COOEt NC N ~ N/ ~
N (5-35) N (5-36) N (5-37) COOH 'COO~Bu COOMe H3C CN tC4H9 CN 'C4H9 CN 'C4H9 CN rC4H9 CN
N N S"'N O' N SvN
~
P (5-42) CN CN
(5-38) (5-39) HO3(5 40) (5 41) Table 5-2 Het(A5)-N=N ., N &COOH
N H
HN
COOH
Het(A5)-SOgH
H3C CN HOOCH2C CN Ph CN
N N, N, N~
, S (5-43) S (5-44) S (5-45) S (5-46) /
N'\ N1, HO3S N
N~ N C V S/- NC S
(5-47) (5-48) (5-49) "CqH9S02 I N HO3S
~-N N-N+' N'-N
N,t -- N, '-- EtS~!!/- HOOCH CS~!
S S Z S
(5-50) (5-51) (5-52) (5-53) EtO HO ~ 1 ~~---S(5-54) O S(5-55) NC N (5-56) ~COOEt NC Nr Nr ~r (5-57) (5-58) N (5-59) [ICOOH COOrBu ~=COOMe H3C CN 'C4Hy CN fC4Hy CN fC4Hy CN 'C4H9 CN
N ' N~ N~ 1 N~ 1 N
N N N N N
NC
/ I S" N S~N O~N S~N
~ b ~
N cN (5-64) C
~ ~ (5-60) (5-61) HO3S (5-62) (5-63) Table 5-3 Het(AS)-N=N \/ N ~ ~ COOH
N H
HN
qOOH
Het(A)-SO'3H
H3C CN HOOCH2C CN Ph CN
N N/ , S (5-65) S (5-66) S' (5-67) NS (5-68) NNC~- H03S NC S
(5-69) (5-70) (5-71) "C4H9S02 HO3S
~-N N N,-N~Nj-N
N. N. EtS-' HOOCHzCS''\
S S S S
(5-72) (5-73) (5-74) (5-75) H'C CN H3C CN NC
Et0 HO ~ ' ~,--NC N
S(5-76) S (5-77) (5-78) COOEt /
NC HO3S~ N HA ~-- N
~ /-- N N N
NC N (5-79) (5-80) (5-81) L, ~ I
COOH COO'B u \ COOM e H3C CN IC4Hy CN IC4H9 CN I CqHy CN tCqHy CN
N' N, N, N N/ , N N N N N
NC / S" '~ N S" '-N O" '- N S~N
~ I CN - - -CN (5-86) (5-82) (5-83) HOOC (5-84) (5-85) Table 5-3 (cont'd) 'C4H9 CN H3C H3C /\ tC4Hy CN H3C H3C /\
N ~'NN=N N CH3 N~ NN " N CH3 N ~=N N N ~=N
SI~N HN H3C S/ Slill N HN H3C S
/
H3C H3C / \
(5-87) COOH (5-88) SO3H
'C,aH9 CN H3C H3C /\ IC4H9 CN H3C H3C /\
N N N=N N CH3 N N~ N=N N CH3 N ~=N I }=N
S" '-N HN H3C S S/~N HN H3C S
(5-89) (5-90) COOH COOH
tC4H9 CN H3C /\ CN H3C H3C /\
N N N N CH3 N N~ N=N \~ N CH3 N ~=N ' N ~-- N
S" 'N HN H3C S/ S/~N HN H3C S
\ / -(5-91) (5-92) -CN H3C H3C /\ tC4H9 CN H3C H3C /\ S03H
NN\ N=N \ ~ N CH3 N N\N=N \~ N CH3 N I N
S" '-N HN H3C S SJII N HN H3C
s (5-93) (5-94) Table 5-4 ,CqHy CN H3C CN CH3 N/N=N \/N CH3 N N H
H3C qH3 o - COOH SO H
(5-95) (5 96) (5-97) (5-98) NH(CHZ)2S03H
CHZCOOH N--<
SO2N N-<\ N
NH(CH2)ZS03H
(5-99) (5-100) NHCH2COOH NH(CHZ)2S03H
! N~ N~
N\ N SOZNH\ ~ N
H
N~
~NHCHZCOOH N~NH(CH2)ZS03H
(5-101) (5-102) S_ ~ S03H g' ~ /COOH g S03H
----~N T,71~' (5-103) N ~ COOH (5-104) N (5-105) COOH
CHZCOSH -S ~ S02N g ~ SOZNH ~ COOH
CHZCOSH --{~ ~
(5-106) N r (5-107) SO N
--/\O 2 CHZCOOH , NHSOZ
S
(5-108-1) c COOH (5-108-2) NNH(CHZ)2S03H N SCH2COOH N N(CH2COOH)2 =~ --={
--~N--{N (5-109~N--{N (5-110) ~N- {N (5-111) NH(CHZ)ZS03H SCH2COOH N(CH2COOH)2 t C4Hg CN H3C R5 CH3 Table 5-5 ~\ N=N N CH3 N N
H3C o R 53= R57 COOH
/_~ COOH / ~
(5-112) (5-113) (5-114) (5-115) COOH COOH COOH
COOH COOH
COOH 0 / COOH / ~ COOH
COOH 5-116) COOH (5-117) COOH(5-118) COOH (5-119) o S03H /-~
(5-120) (5-121) (5-122) (5-123) P S03H o Q S03H O S03H
S03H (5-124) S03H (5-125) S03H (5-126) S03H (5-127) o S02NCH2COOH O NHCO 9 aNHS02 q (5-128) (5-129) SO3H (5-130) COOH
SO2NH 0 SO2NH 0 S02NH &SO3H
(5-131CO0H (5-132) SO3H (5-133) Table 5-5 (cont'd) 'C4H9 CN H3C Rs~CH3 ~~N=
-~ N N~ N CH3 N
R 53= R57 g COOH ~g ~ COOH
~S I~
N NCOOH NCOOH
(5-134) (5-135) (5-136) g S03Na S J~ SO3H S
N'\% N"~%~SO3H N SO3H
(5-137) (5-138) (5-139) g COOH S ~ COSH S PO(OH)' N / N I/ N I /
COOH (5-140) (5-141) (5-142) N
~S I / CHZCOONa ~S I , '(CH2)9S03H
(5-143) CHZCOONa (5-144) '(CH2)3S03H
N I~ COONa N I~ SO3H
~S v 'SO NH / ~ --/S~ v 'SOz _ NH /
z (5-145) ' (5-146) COONa SOsH
N \ COOH N SO3Na S ' / NHSO2 _ / ~ S NHCO ~
(5-147) COOH (5-148) SO3Na The coloring composition of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it contains the above-described specific azo compound. The coloring composition can contain other various components according to the intended use. For example, for use as an ink composition, the coloring composition is prepared by dissolving and/or dispersing the azo compound in a medium, either oil-soluble or water-soluble, and adding appropriate additives hereinafter described to the solution or dispersion to impart properties and performance required of an ink composition.
The coloring composition can contain components for use as a color toner composition such as those disclosed in JP-A-7-209912, components for use as a resist composition for a color filter such as those disclosed in JP-A-6-35182, or components for use as a thermal transfer dye donating material (ink sheet) such as those disclosed in JP-A-7-137466.
The azo compounds used in the coloring composition of the invention can have selected substituents so as to exhibit physical properties desired for intended applications, such as solubility, dispersibility, and thermal mobility. The azo compounds are used in a selected form fit for intended applications, such as a solution or a dispersion (e.g., an emulsion or a suspension).
The coloring composition of the present invention is applicable to various image recording materials, particularly color image recording materials. Specifically, the coloring composition is applicable to ink jet recording materials, heat-sensitive recording materials, pressure-sensitive recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing ink formulations, recording pens, ink compositions, and so forth. It is particularly suitable for ink compositions and ink jet recording materials. The coloring composition also f inds application to color f ilters in solid-state image sensors, such as CCDs, and image displays, such as LCDs and PDPs, and dye baths for textile.
Third preferred embodiment The method of improving ozone gas resistance of a color image according to the third preferred embodiment of the invention is characterized by using a compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE. A compound having a nobler oxidation potential brings better results.
A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.1 V
(vs. SCE) is still preferred. A compound having an oxidation potential nobler than1.2 V(vs.SCE)is particularly preferred.
In the study on ozone resistance of a color image, the present inventors have found that there is a correlation between the oxidation potential of a coloring compound used for forming a color image and ozone resistance. They have ascertained that ozone resistance can be improved by using a compound whose oxidation potential is nobler than 1.0 V with respect to a saturated calomel electrode (SCE).
The improvement of ozone resistance of a color image by the compound according to the invention can be accounted for by the relationship between the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the compound and a lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of ozone gas. That is, reaction occurs between the HOMO of a coloring compound and the LUMO of ozone to oxidize the coloring compound, which is considered to cause ozone resistance reduction of a color image: Therefore, ozone resistance improvement will be established by reducing the HOMO of a coloring compound to reduce its reactivity with ozone gas.
Oxidation potential Eo,s represents electron mobility from a sample to an electrode. The higher (the nobler) the EaX, the less mobile the electrons, i.e., the less susceptible to oxidation the sample. In relation to a chemical structure, EoXbecomes nobler with an electron-attracting group introduced therein, and it becomes less noble with an electron-donating group introduced therein.
Eo,t indicates the potential of the anode at which a compound lose its electrons in volutammetry as hereinafter described in detail. It is considered that EoX approximates to the energy level of HOMO of a compound in its ground state.
Eo,, can easily be measured by one skilled in the art.
Reference can be made, e.g., in P. Delalhay, New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Interscience Publishers (1954), A. J. Bard, et al., Electrochemical Methods, John Willey & Sons (1980), and Akira Fujishima, et al., Denkikagaku Sokuteiho, Gihodo (1984).
Oxidation potential is measured with a DC polarographic system or a cyclic volutammetric system. A sample to be measured is dissolved in a solution of a supporting electrolyte, such as sodium perchlorate or tetrapropylammonium perchlorate, in a solvent, such as dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, in a concentration of 1 x 10-9 to 1 x 10-6 mol/l, and the electric potential of the working electrode is measured using an SCE
as a reference electrode. Appropriate electrolyte and solvent are selected according to the oxidation potential or solubility of the sample. For the details of such selection reference can be made to A. Fujushima, et al., Denkikagaku Sokuteiho, pp. 101-118, Gihodo (1984).
The oxidation potential measurements can vary by about several tens of millivolts by the influences of potential difference between different liquids, resistance of the sample solution, etc. Correction can be made for such variation by using a standard sample (e.g., hydroquinone) thereby to assure reproducibility of the measurements.
In the present invention, oxidation potential measurement was made by DC polarography using an N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing 0.1 mol=dm 3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm"3 of a sample compound, an SCE as a reference electrode, a graphite electrode as a working electrode, and a platinum electrode as a counter electrode.
Oxidation potential also varies according to the structure of a compound. In order to reduce the reactivity with ozone, an electrophilic reagent, it is preferred to select a compound structure inherently having a noble oxidation potential from the standpoint of not only ozone resistance but molecular designing with ease of introducing an arbitrary electron-attracting or donating group to adjust color fastness, hue, and physical properties.
For example, it is desirable for reducing the reactivity with electrophilic ozone that an electron-attracting group be introduced into an arbitrary position of a compound structure thereby to make the oxidation potential nobler. A Hammett's substituent constant op value can be made use of as a measure for electron attraction or donation of a substituent. The oxidation potential can be made nobler by introducing a substituent having a large op value.
The Hammett'ssubstituentconstantap value is explained here briefly. Hammett's rule is a rule of thumb proposed by L.P. Hammett in 1935 in an attempt to discuss quantitatively the influences of substituents on reaction and equilibrium of benzene derivatives and is today generally admitted to be valid. Substituent constants used in Hammett's rule include a op value and a om value. These values are found in many general books, such.as J.A. Dean (ed.), Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, 12th Ed., McGraw-Hill (1979) and Kagaku-no-ryoiki, Extra No. 122, pp. 96-103, Nankodo (1979).
A maximum absorption wavelength and a half-value width which are used to characterize the compound of the present invention can easily be measured by one skilled in the art.
Reference can be made, e. g. , in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed.), Jikken Kagaku Koza 7 Bunko II, 4th Ed., pp. 175-199, Maruzen (1992). Specifically, measurements are made with a spectrophotometer using two quartz- or glass-made cells, one for a sample solution and the other for a control. The solvent for the sample solution is chosen arbitrarily from among those capable of dissolving the sample, having no absorption in the evaluation wavelength region, having small interaction with solute molecules, and having not so high volatility. In the present invention, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) was used for the measurement.
As for measurement of half-value with of an absorption spectrum, the description of Jikken Kagaku Koza 7 Bunko II, 4th Ed., ibid, p. 154 can be referred to. A half-value width of an absorption spectrum represents a width of an absorption band at a half of the peak absorbance, which is used to describe the shape of the absorption band. A spectrum having a small half-value width is sharp, and one having a large half-value width is broad. Since existence of unnecessary absorptions in the shorter and the longer wavelength sides has no good influences on color reproduction, a dye having a spectrum with a smaller half-value with is preferred for hue. The maximum absorption wavelength and the half-value width used in the present invention are those measured on a DMF solution containing 5 x 10-5 mol=dm-3 of a sample compound using quartz cells having an optical path length of 1 cm.
The compound used in the present invention which has a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower serves as a magenta dye. The maximum absorption wavelength is preferably between 520 nm and 580 nm, still preferably between 520 nm and 570 nm, for a better hue. The half-value width is preferably 110 nm or less, still preferably 90 nm or less.
Compounds having the above-described physical properties are selected arbitrarily from azo dyes, quinone dyes, cyanine dyes, cationic dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, indigo dyes, fulgide dyes, intermolecular charge-transfer dyes, and.
the like. While dye compounds of any of these types are serviceable in the present invention, azo compounds are particularly preferred for their wide selection of tones and ease of synthesizing compounds satisfying the requirements for oxidation potential and hue. While the compounds which can be used in the present invention will further be described with particular reference to azo compounds, the description applies appropriately to other different dye structures and is not construed as being limiting the invention.
Compounds satisfying the condition as to oxidation potential can be obtained not only through actual oxidation potential measurement as described above but molecular design based on a chemical structure. It is known that a compound's oxidation potential relates to the energy level of the compound's HOMO as taught in Manabu Seno-o, et al. (ed.), Daigakuin Buturikagaku (Chu), pp. 534-536, Kodansha Scientific (1992) and Yasuhiko Sawaki, Kisokagaku Course Buturiyukikagaku, pp.
187-189, Maruzen (1999) Accordingly, oxidation potential of a compound can be brought nearer to a desired level by adj usting the HOMO level.
Before adjustment of a compound's HOMO level, it is necessary to grasp the HOMO level by any known technique.
A compound's HOMO level can be calculated backward from the oxidation potential or by a molecular orbital method. The latest molecular orbital methods and details therefor are described in The Chemical Society of Japan (ed. ), Kikan Kagaku Sousetu No. 46 Koseido Bunshi Sekkei to Shinsozai Kaihatsu - Kinokagaku no Shintenkai wo Mezashite -, pp. 65-96, Japan Scientific Societies Press (2000 ), and Sumio Tokita, Electronics Kanren Shikiso - Genjo to Shorai Tenbo -, pp. 20-25, CMC (1998) .
While it is desirable to obtain proper calculation results by as accurate molecular orbital calculations as possible, it may be convenient to use simpler calculations according to the required level of accuracy.
The relation between the structure of an azo compound and its HOMO level will be discussed with reference to substituent effects and a color development structure. Makoto Ohkawara, et al. , Kinousei Shikiso, pp. 39-42, Kodansha Scientific (1992), Makoto Ohkawara, et al., Kinosei Shikiso no Kagaku, pp. 43-45, CMC (1981), and Sumio Tokita, Kihousei Shikiso no Bunshi Sekkei - PPP Bunshikidoho to sono katuyo, pp. 89-108, Maruzen (1989) describe substituent effects in relation to an absorption wavelength shift and an orbital energy level. It is understood that the HOMO level can be adjusted by introducing an arbitrary substituent to a position having a large HOMO coefficient.
That is, introducing an electron-attracting substituent results in reduction in HOMO level, and introducing an electron-donating substituent results in increase in HOMO level.
In case an oxidation potential of a certain compound does not reach the range specified in the present invention, it can be raised to a desired level by introducing substituents according to the molecular designing guidelines as taught.
In this case, a proper substituent can be selected by making use of the aforementioned Hammett's substituent constant op value. To know molecular orbitals by the molecular orbital method issignificant for knowing the HOMO coefficient. However, there is a limit in improvement by the substituent effects.
It is easily anticipated that introducing many substituents would make dye synthesis difficult. Further, substitution is accompanied by hue changes, making it difficult to satisfy both requirements for oxidation potential and hue. It would be possible but probably very difficult to accomplish the objects of the invention merely by introducing substituents into known compounds. Because of the difficulties in freely and broadly adjusting a HOMO level of a compound by simply utilizing the substituent effects, it is recognized that manipulations should be added to the color development structure per se.
The color development structure will then be discussed.
The color development structure may be either an azobenzene structure, which is a basic structure, or a heterylazo structure having a hetero ring. Considering that not only oxidation potential but absorption characteristics should be controlled, it is easier to make physical properties fall within the specific ranges by optimizing the color development structure than by utilizing the substituent effects. That is, as is easily anticipated, thefreedom of molecular design would be broadened when a color development structure with a minimized HOMO level and a hue close to a desired one is selected as a basic structure into which a substituent is introduced to have an adjusted oxidation potential and an adjusted hue, as compared with adjustment relying on the above-mentioned substituent effects only. From this viewpoint, a heterylazo type compound is deemed preferred.
Makoto Ohkawara, et al., Kinousei Shikiso, p. 42, Kodansha Scientific (1992) supra shows examples in which use of a hetero ring, especially a sulfur-containing hetero ring, results in a shift of an absorption wavelength to a longer wavelength side. It is thought that utilization of such a color development system broadens the freedom of choice of an employable substituent and then makes it easier to design a compound that can achieve the objects of the invention.
In addition to the whole structure of a color development system and the substitute effects, other factors that influence the color development system of dyes include intermolecular and intramolecular actions, solvent effects, tautomerism, acid-base equilibrium, steric effects, and so forth as described in Kinosei Shikiso no Kagaku, pp. 58-63, CMC (1981).
A compound designed to have the above-recited half-value width in its absorption spectrum gives a color image with a satisfactory hue. As taught by SumioTokita in Chemical Seminar 9 Color Chemistry, pp. 150-161, Maruzen (1982), hues are always influenced by rlot only the energy level of electrons but the levels of molecular vibration or rotation. It is expected therefore that reduction of the influences by molecular vibration or rotation will make an absorption band narrower and sharper with a narrower half-value width. Approaches for reducing the contribution of molecular vibration and rotation to a hue include introduction of a sterically large substituent into a proper position for suppressing rotation of an arbitrary bond.
From the above-described experimentation and observations it has been revealed that a combination of the specific oxidation potential and half-value width according to the present invention yields a color image excellent in-ozone gas resistance and hue. Of the compounds having the combination of the specific oxidation potential and half-value width which can be used in the present invention preferred are azo compounds represented by formula (7):
A6-N=N-B6 (7) wherein A6 and B6 each represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group.
The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group as A6 or B6 is preferably one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, naphthyl or anthracenyl, each of which may have a substituent ( s).
Two substituents on the aryl group may be connected to each other to form a condensed ring.
The substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group as A6 or B6 is preferably one having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazyl, pyrimidyl pyridazyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinozolinyl, each of which may have a substituent(s). Tow substituents on the heteryl group may be connected to each other to form a condensed ring.
Where the heteryl group contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom may be a quaternarized one. It is preferred that at least one of A6 and B6 be a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group. It is still preferred that both A6 and B6 be a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered heteryl group.
Of the above-described azo compounds, those having a heterylazo type color development structure are particularly successful in achieving the objects of the invention. Based on this knowledge, the inventors have reached compounds whose oxidation potential, maximum absorption wavelength, and half-value width fall within the above-specified ranges and which accomplish the objects of the invention.
The following list is specific examples of the azo compounds which are included in the compounds having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower. These examples are given for illustrative purposes only but not for limitation.
'Bu CN H3C CN 'Bu CN H3C CN
Nf N=N ~ NH t ~~'N=N NH
N \ N / ~
S N HN - 6- (1) S'I~ N HN 6- (2) / nCeH17 - / ~
- nCeH17 n CeHi7 CI CaH17 'Bu CN H3C CN 'Bu CN H3C CN
N N\ N=N NH N' \ N=N ~ NH
N N \ N
/ ~
S~ N HN - 6- (3) S~N HN 6-(4) nCaHt7 - ~ nCeHt7 CH nCeH17 \ NO nCaH17 'Bu CN H3C CONH2 tBu CN H C
N N\ =N NH N N=N
I N N i NH
~ HN N
SlN - 6- (5) SAIN HN /\ 6-(6) nCayt7 - ~ ~
~ / - - nCsHi7 nCaHt7 CaH17 tBu CN CN Ph CN H3C CN
N'~
N NN J:_ / NH N' \ N=N NH
N / ~ N \ N
S~N HN S~N H / ~
- / 6-t~ - 6- (8) n CeHl 7 - ~ nCeHt7 RCaH17 "CeHt7 iBu CN CN rBu CN CN
~ ~ - eHi7 '/
N. N=N \/ N C N \ N=N \ / NH
NC / HN N CeH17 NC HN N
Ac 6- (9) Ac 6- (10) CN CN
'Bu CN rBu CN H3C CN CH3 / N Ca - H ~I-NN-4i--cH3 NN \~K ~-N CeHi7 N
NC / f HNAc 6-(11) S' N HN CH3 CH3 6-(12) ~ CN H3C / \
CN \ / -'eu CN H3C O CH3 1Bu CN H3C CH3 N N=N N CH3 N 1 N=N N CH3 N N N
S, ~11 N HN CH3 CH3 6- (13) S" 'N HN CH3 CH3 6_(14) H3C ~ H3C \
- -'Bu CN H3C H3C /\ tBu CN H3C H3C o N ' NN N CH3 N' N=N / N CH3 %
N N N N \ N SOZCH3 S~N HN HaC S (15) S~i HN H3C
6-(16) H3C ~ \ H3C ~ \
- -rBu CN CN rBu CN
~aH
N~ ~ N=N N NJ ' N= N
N N
~~BH17 6- (17) j-CH3 6-(18) CN CN
fBu CN 1Bu CN AcHN
, - /-COOC12I-125 \ - C3HeCOONa N, N=N ~~ N
N \--COOCizH2s N C2H5 CN HN 6- (19) C) / CI
~-CH3 COONa 6-(~) N
COONa tBu CN AcHN 'Bu CN AcH
~ - C4H8SO3Na ~ C3H6COONa N=N N
N N=N N N.
N CZH5 N C2Hs CI CI 6-(21) CI /' CI SO 6-(22) S03Na 3Na HN-CO o HN-CO o rBu CN AcHN CN AcH
~ - CeH77 NN=N N N, \ N= ~~ N
N
CeHn CI CI CI CI 6- (24) NHCOCH3 6- (23) 0 OC2H5 CI Ci 6-(25) 6-(26) CN CN
NI \ N=N S' N~ ' N=N S
N N="N,CaH13 N N--" N~
CI / CI ~ C~ C~
I CaH~3 / ~
CH3 CN H3C CN 6-(27) H3C CN H9C CH 6- (28) N~ \ NN \ / NH N~ \N=N ~ N CH3 N S \ N
nCeHt7 H9C 0 nCaH17 CH3 H3C H3C H3C CH3 6- (30) N-N 6- (29) N
EtS~S~N=N NH NC~~N=N N CH
N / ~ S 3 HN _ HN CH3 CH3 0 nCBHl7 H3C o nCeHi7 CH3 H3C CN H3C CN "8uSO2 H3C CONH2 6- (32) 6-(31) N
EtOOC / S\ N NH S~N=N ~ NH
HN HN N
nCeH17 0 nCaHt7 nCeHt7 nCeH77 tBu CN H3C H3C o N 2 Ct~
N N R
R~ HN H3C
H3C / \
R' R2 H
6- (33) --~S~N O / ~ S j ~ O
N I / O N / O
H
6- (~) --{ I yl~
- --< I
N / O N /
\ N O / \ S
H
S N
6 _ {35) I / O
N / \N I /
d'CeH
S ~ NHSOz 6- (36) \ r -SO2CH3 ~N / CaHi7 S SO2NH-(CF-!2)3O
S S02NH-(CH~3O-CH BH~~
6-.(37) --~~ ' CeH1a ~ ~ / -N N
COONa COONa 6- (38) - -\ , -N COONa N COONa 6- (39) ~N I /
As is recognizable from the above list of useful compounds, it is impossible to estimate an oxidation potential of an azo compound from its chemical structure. In other words, a compound with desired physical properties can be obtained by optimizing the aforementioned various factors.
The method of the present invention for improving ozone resistance is applicable to various image recording materials, particularly color image recording materials. Specifically, the method is applicable to ink jet recording materials, heat-sensitive recording materials, pressure-sensitive recording materials, electrophotographic recording materials, transfer type silver halide photographic materials, printing inks, recordingpens,andso forth. It is particularly effective on ink jet recording materials, heat-sensitive recording materials, and electrophotographic recording materials. The most preferred application is ink jet recording.
The method also finds application to color filters for solid-state image sensors, such as CCDs and CMOSs, image displays, such as LCDs and PDPs, and dye baths for textile.
The method of the invention is embodied by preparing a compound having selected substituents according to molecular design so as to exhibit physical properties fit for an intended application, such as solubility, dispersibility, and thermal mobility. The compound can be used in a selected form suited to an intended application, such as a solution or a dispersion (e.g., an emulsion or a suspension).
[INK COMPOSITION FOR INK-JET RECORDING]
The ink-jet ink composition according to the present invention is prepared by dissolving and/or dispersing the above-described azo dye in a lipophilic or aqueous medium.
Water-based ink compositions using an aqueous medium are preferred. Other necessary additives are added in ranges that do not impair the effects of the invention. Useful additives include drying preventives (wetting agents), emulsion stabilizers, penetrants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-browning agents, antifungals, pH adjustors, surface tension modifiers, defoaming agents, antiseptics, viscosity modifiers, dispersants, dispersion stabilizers, rust preventives, and chelating agents. These additives are directly added to a water-based ink formulation. Where an oil-soluble dye is used in the form of a dispersion, the additives are generally added to a prepared dye dispersion or, may be added to the oily phase or the aqueous phase in ink preparation.
Drying preventives are preferably used for the purpose of preventing clogging of nozzles due to ink drying.
Water-soluble organic solvents having a lower vapor pressure than water are preferred drying preventives. Examples of such water-soluble organic solvents include polyhydric alcohols, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol,1,2,6-hexanetriol,acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerol, and trimethylolpropane; lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols, such as ethylene glycol monomethyl (or monoethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or monoethyl) ether, and triethylene glycol monoethyl (or monobutyl) ether; heterocyclic compounds, such as 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethylmorpholine; sulfur-containing compounds, such as sulf olane, dimethyl sulf oxide, and 3-sulf olene; polyfunctional compounds, such as diacetone alcohol and diethanolamine; and urea derivatives. Preferred of them are polyhydric alcohols, such as glycerol and diethylene glycol. These drying preventives can be used either individually or as a combination of two or more thereof. A preferred content of the drying preventive in the ink composition is 10 to 50% by weight.
Penetrants are preferably added for the purpose of helping ink penetrate paper. Useful penetrants include alcohols, such as ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, di(or tri) ethylene glycolmonobutyl ether,andl,2-hexanediol;sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium oleate, and nonionic surface active agents. The content of the penetrant is decided so as not to cause feathering or strike-through. A penetrant content of 5 to 30% by weight in the ink composition will suffice to produce satisfactory effect.
UV absorbers are used to improve archival stability.
Useful UV absorbers include benzotriazole compounds disclosed, e.g., in JP-A-58-185677, JP-A-61-190537, JP-A-2-782, JP-A-5-197075; and JP-A-9-34057, benzophenone compounds described, e.g., inJP-A-46-2784,JP-A-5-194483,and andU.S. Pat 3,214,463, cinnamic acid compounds described, e.g., in JP-B-48-30492, JP-B-56-21141, and JP-A-10-88106, triazine compounds disclosed, e.g., JP-A-4-298503, JP-A-8-53427, JP-A-8-239368, JP-A-10-182621, and JP-W-8-501291 (the term "JP-W" as usedhereinmeans an unexaminedpublished international patent application), and the compounds given in Research Disclosure No. 24239. Compounds emitting fluorescence on UV
absorption, i.e., fluorescent brightening agents, such as stilbene derivatives and benzoxazole derivatives, are also useful.
Anti-browning agents are used to improve archival stability. Various organic or metal complex anti-browning agents are usable. Organic anti-browning agents include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, and heterocyclic compounds. Metal complex anti-browning agents include nickel complexes and zinc complexes. Specific examples of the anti-browning agents are given in Research Disclosure, No. 17643, VII-I to VII-J, ibid, No. 15162, ibid, No. 18716, p.' 650, left column, ibid, No. 36544, p. 527, ibid, No. 307105, p. 872, and the patents cited in ibid, No. 15162. The compounds represented by the general formulae and their specific examples described in JP-A-62-215272, pp. 127-137 are also useful.
Useful antifungals include sodium dehydroacetate, sodium benzoate, sodium pyridinethione-l-oxide, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, ad 1, 2-benzisothiazolin-3-one and its salts.
A preferred content of the antifungals in the ink composition ranges from 0.02 to 1.00% by weight.
Neutralizing agents,such asorganic basesandinorganic alkalis, can be used as pH adjustors. For the purpose of improving ink storage stability, pH adjustors are preferably added to adjust the ink composition at a pH of 6 to 10, particularly 7 to 10., taking use in summer into consideration.
Surface tension modifiers include nonionic, cationic or anionic surface active agents. It is preferred for the ink-jet ink composition to have a surface tension of 20 to 60 mN./m, particularly 25 to 45 mN/m. It is preferred for the ink composition to have a viscosity of 30 mPa=s or less, particularly 20 mPa=s or less.
Useful anionic surface active agents include fatty acid salts, alkylsulfates, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, dialkylsufosuccinates, alkylphosphoric estersalts,naphthalenesulfonicacid-formalin condensates, and polyethylene glycol alkylsulfates. Useful nonionic surface active agents include polyethylene glycol alkyl ethers, polyethylene glycol alkyl allyl ethers, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene alkylamines, glycerol fatty acid esters, ethylene oxide/propylene oxide block copolymers, and acetylenic diol-based surfactants available from Air Products & Chemicals, Inc. under the trade name Surfynol. Amine oxide type amphoteric surface active agents, such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxides, are useful as well. The surface active agents described in JP-A-59-157636, pp. 37-38 and Research Disclosure, No. 308119 (1989) are also useful.
Antifoaming agents which can be added if desired include fluorine-containing compounds, silicone compounds, and chelating agents, such as EDTA.
Where the azo dye of the invention is dispersed in an aqueous medium, techniques that are preferably taken are described in JP-A-11-286637 and Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2000-78491, 2000-80259, and 2000-62370, in which coloring particles comprising a dye and an oil-soluble polymer are dispersed in an aqueous medium, or Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2000-78454, 2000-78491, 2000-203856, and 2000-203857, in which a dye dissolved in a high-boiling organic solvent is dispersed in an aqueous medium. The particulars of the methods for dispersing the dye in an aqueous medium and the kinds and amounts of the materials used therefor (oil-soluble polymers, high-boiling organic solvents, and additives) are selected appropriately with reference to the publications cited above. It is also possible to finely disperse-the azo dye directly in an aqueous medium. Dispersants or surface active agents can help dispersing. Suitable dispersing apparatus include simple stirrers, impeller stirrers, in-line stirrers, mills (e.g., acolloidmill, aballmill, asandmill, anattritor, a roll mill or an agitator mill), ultrasonic stirrers, and high-pressure emulsifiers or homogenizers (e.g., Gaulin Homogenizer, Microfluidizer, and DeBEE2000).
In addition to the aforementioned literature, JP-A-5-148436, JP-A-5-295312, JP-A-7-97541, JP-A-7-82515, JP-A-7-118584, JP-A-11-286637, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-87539 furnish information about ink-jet ink formulations.
The aqueous medium which can be used in the ink composition of the present invention is water generally containing a water-miscible organic solvent. Useful water-miscible organic solvents include alcohols, e.g., methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, t-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, and benzyl alcohol; polyhydric alcohols, e.g., ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butylene glycol, hexanediol, pentanediol, glycerol, hexanetriol, and thiodiglycol; glycol derivatives, e.g., ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monophenyl ether; amines, e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, N-ethyldiethanolamine, morpholine, N-ethylmorpholine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, polyethylene-imine, and tetramethylpropylenediamine; and other polar solvents, e.g., formamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-oxazolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, acetonitrile, and acetone.
These solvents may be used either individually or as a combination of two or more thereof.
The ink-jet ink composition preferably contains the azo compound of the invention in a concentration of 0.2 to 10% by weight. The ink-jet 'ink composition may contain known colorants in addition to the azo compound of the invention.
In this case, it is preferred that a total concentration of colorants be within in the above range.
The ink-jet ink composition of the invention is used to form not only monochromatic but full color images. For full-color image formation, magenta ink, cyan ink, and yellow ink are used. Black ink may be used in combination for tone adjustment.
Yellow dyes to be used in combination are arbitrarily chosen. Useful yellow dyes include aryl or heterylazo dyes having, as a coupling component, phenols, naphthols, anilines, heterocyclic compounds (e.g., pyrazolone or pyridone), open-chain active methylene compounds, etc.; azomethine dyes having an open-chain active methylene compound as a coupling component; methine dyes such as benzylidene dyes and monomethine oxonol dyes; quinone dyes such as naphthoquinone dyes and anthraquinone dyes; quinophthalone dyes, nitro dyes, nitroso dyes, acridine dyes, and acridinone dyes.
Cyari dyes to be used in combination are arbitrary.
Useful cyan dyes include aryl or heterylazo dyes having phenols, naphthols, anilines, etc. as a coupling component; azomethine dyes having phenols, naphthols, heterocyclic compounds (e.g., pyrrolotriazole), etc. as a coupling component; polymethine dyes such as cyanine dyes, oxonol dyes, and merocyanine dyes;
carbonium dyes such as diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, and xanthene dyes; phthalocyanine dyes; anthraquinone dyes; indigo dyes; and thioindigo dyes.
Yellow or cyan dyes which do not develop a color until part of their chromophore is dissociated are also useful.
Counter cations in this type of dyes include inorganic cations such as alkali metals or ammonium, organic cations such as pyridinium or a quaternary ammonium salt, or a polymeric cation having such a cation as a partial structure.
Black dyes which can be used in combination include disazo dyes, trisazo dyes, tetraazo dyes, and a carbon black dispersion.
[INK JET RECORDING METHOD]
Ink jet recording is carried out by supplying energy to ink-jet ink to form fine ink droplets which fly onto a known image-receiving medium to form an image. Known media include plain paper, resin-coated paper (for example, ink-jet papers disclosed in JP-A-8-169172, JP-A-8-27693, JP-A-2-276670, JP-A-7-276789, JP-A-9-323475, JP-A-62-238783, JP-A-10-153989, JP-A-10-217473, JP-A-10-235995, JP-A-10-337947, JP-A-10-217597, and JP-A-10-337947), films, electrophotographic papers, cloth, glass, metal, and earthenware.
Polymer latex compounds may be used for image formation to impart gloss, water resistance or improved weatherability to images. A latex compound is supplied to an image-receiving medium before, after or simultaneously with image formation.
In other words, a latex compound may be present in either the medium or the ink composition or be separately applied in the form of liquid. For the detail, Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2000-363090, 2000-315231, 2000-354380, 2000-343944, 2000-268952, 2000-299465, and 2000-297365 can be referred to.
Recording paper and recording film which can be used as an image-receiving medium to be ink-jet printed in the ink composition of the invention usually comprises a substrate and an ink-receptive layer, and, if desired, a backcoating layer. The substrate includes paper, synthetic paper, and plastic films. Paper as a substrate is prepared from a slurry of chemical pulp (e.g., LBKP or NBKP), mechanical pulp (e.g., groundwood pulp(GP),pressurized groundwood pulp(PGW),refiner mechanical pulp (RMP), thermo-mechanical pulp (TMP), chemothermo-mechanical pulp (CTMP), chemomechanical pulp (CMP) or chemogroundwood pulp (CGP))or used paper pulp(e.g.,de-inked pulp (DIP)) which can contain, if desired, known additives such as pigments, binders, sizes, fixatives, cationic agents, paper strengthening agents, and the like by papermaking techniques with a wire paper machine, a cylinder paper machine, etc. The substrate preferably has a thickness of 10 to 250 m and a basis weight of 10 to 250 g/m2.
Anink-receptive layer or a backcoating layer is provided on the substrate either directly or after sizing with starch, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. or forming an anchor coat. If necessary, the substrate is smoothened on a machine calender, a temperature-gradient calender, a soft nip calender, etc.
Preferred substrates are paper laminated on both sides with film of a polyolefin (e.g., polyethylene), polystyrene, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutene or a copolymer thereof and plastic films. It is desirable to add into the laminating resin a white pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide or zinc oxide) or a tinting material (e.g., cobalt blue, ultramarine or neodymium oxide).
The ink-receptive layer provided on the substrate comprises a pigment, preferably a white pigment, and an aqueous binder. Useful white pigments include inorganic ones, such as calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, clay, diatomaceous earth, synthetic amorphous silica, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, calcium silicate, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, barium sulfate, calcium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc sulfide, and zinc carbonate; and organic ones, such as styrene plastic pigments, acrylic plastic pigments, urea resins, and melamine resins. Porous inorganic pigments arepreferred. Those with a large surface area, such as synthetic amorphous silica, are still preferred. Silicic acid anhydride obtained by a dry process and hydrous silicic acid obtained by a wet process are both usable. Hydrous silicic acid is particularly preferred.
Useful aqueous binders which can be used to form the ink-receptive layer include water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationic starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyalkylene oxides, and polyalkylene oxide derivatives; and water-dispersible polymers such as styrene-butadiene latices and acrylic emulsions. The aqueous binders are used either individually or as a combination thereof. Preferred of the recited binders are polyvinyl alcohol and silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol for their adhesion to pigment particles and capability of forming a.peel-resistant coat.
The ink-receptive layer can contain, in addition to the pigments and aqueous binders, mordants, waterproofing agents, light fastness improving agents, surface active agents, and other additives.
The mordant to be added to the ink-receptive layer is preferably immobilized. For this, polymeric mordants are preferably used. The details of useful polymeric mordants are given in JP-A-48-28325, JP-A-54-74430, JP-A-54-124726, JP-A-55-22766, JP-A-55-142339, JP-A-60-23850, JP-A-60-23851, JP-A-60-23852, JP-A-60-23853, JP-A-60-57836, JP-A-60-60643, JP-A-60-118834, JP-A-60-122940, JP-A-60-122941, JP-A-60-122942, JP-A-60-235134, JP-A-1-161236, and U.S.
Patents 2, 484, 430, 2,548,564, 3,148,061,3,309,690, 4,115,124, 4,124,386, 4,193,800, 4,273,853, 4,282,305, and 4,450,224.
In particular,the polymeric mordants described in JP-A-1-161236, pp. 212-215 are preferred for obtaining images of high image quality with improved light fastness.
The waterproofing agents, which are effective formaking images water-resistant, preferably include cationic resins, such as polyamide-polyamine epichlorohydrin, polyethylene-imine, polyamine sulfone, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride polymers, cationic polyacrylamide, and colloidal silica. Polyamide-polyamine epichlorohydrin is particularly preferred. A preferred cationic resin content in the image-receiving layer is 1 to 15% by weight, particularly 3 to 10% by weight.
The light fastness improving agents include zinc sulfate, zinc oxide, hindered amine antioxidants, and benzophenone or benzotriazole UV absorbers. Zinc sulfate is particularly suitable.
The surface active agents in the image-receiving layer function as a coating aid, a peel resistance improving agent, a slip improving agent or an antistatic agent. Useful surface active agentsare described in JP-A-62-173463and JP-A-62-183457.
Organic fluorine compounds may be used in place of the surface active agents. Hydrophobic organic fluorine compounds, such as fluorine surface active agents, oily fluorine compounds (e.g., fluorine oil), and solid fluorine compounds (e.g., tetrafluoroethylene resin), are preferred. Details of the organic fluorine compounds are described in JP-B-57-9053 (cols.
8-17), JP-A-61-20994 and JP-A-62-135826. Otheradditivesthat can be added to the ink-receptive layer include pigment dispersants, thickeners, defoaming agents, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, antiseptics, pH adjustors, matting agents, and hardeners. The ink-receptive layer can have a single or double layer structure.
The backcoating layer, which can be provided if desired, comprises a white pigment, an aqueous binder, and additives.
The white pigment includes inorganic ones such as light precipitated calcium carbonate, heavy calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide, zinc carbonate, satin white, aluminum silicate, diatomaceous earth, calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, synthetic amorphous silica, colloidal silica, colloidal alumina, pseudoboehmite, aluminum hydroxide, alumina, lithopone, zeolite, hydrated halloysite, magnesium carbonate, and magnesium hydroxide;and organic onessuch asstyrene plastic pigments, acrylic plastic pigments, polyethylene, hollow particles, urea resins, and melamine resins.
Aqueous binders which can be used in the backcoating layer include water-soluble polymers such as styrene/maleic acid salt copolymers, styrene/acrylic acid salt copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol, silanol-modified polyvinyl alcohol, starch, cationic starch, casein, gelatin, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone; and water-dispersible polymers such as styrene-butadiene latices and acrylic emulsions. Additives which can be used in the backcoating layer include defoaming agents, foam-suppressors, dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, antiseptics, and waterproofing agents.
A polymer latex may be incorporated into any layer constituting the paper or film for ink-jet recording inclusive of the backcoating layer for the purpose of improving film properties, for example, dimensional stabilization, curling prevention, anti-blocking, and crack prevention. For the details refer to JP-A-62-245258, JP-A-62-136648, and JP-A-62-110066. Addition of a polymer latex having a low glass transition temperature (40 C or lower) into a layer containing a mordant will prevent cracking or curling. Addition of a polymer latex having a high glass transition temperature to a backcoating layer is also effective for curling prevention.
The ink-jet ink composition according to the present invention is applicable to any known ink jet recording systems, such as an electrostatic system in which ink droplets are ejected by an electrostatic attracting force, a piezoelectric system in which vibrating pressure by a piezoelectric element is utilized (pressure pulse system), an acoustic system in which electrical signals are converted to an acoustic beam, which is applied to ink, and ink is ejected bymaking use of a radiating pressure, and a thermal system in which air bubbles are generated by heat to eject ink droplets. Further, ink jet recording includes a system in which a number of fine droplets of low concentration ink called photoink are ejected, a system in which a plurality of ink formulations having substantially the same hue but different concentrations are used to improve image quality, and a system of using colorless transparent ink.
[COLOR TONER]
The color toner according to the present invention comprises a binder resin having dispersed therein the azo compound of the invention as a colorant. Any kind of binder resins commonly employed in toners, such as styrene resins, acrylic resins, styrene/acrylic resins, and polyester resins, can be used.
The toner particles can be mixed with inorganic or organic particles as an external additive for improving fluidity or for charge control. Fine particles of silica or titania having been surface-treated with alkyl-containing coupling agent, etc. are preferably used. The particles preferably have an average primary particle size of 10 to 500 nm. An advisable content of the particles in the color toner is 0.1 to 20% by weight.
The toner can contain a release agent. Any kind of release agents customarily employed for toners is useful.
Examples of useful release agents include olefins, such as low-molecular polypropylene, low-molecular polyethylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymers, microcrystalline wax, carnauba wax, Fischer-Tropsh wax, and paraffin wax. A suitable content of the release agent in the toner is 1 to 5% by weight.
If desired, the toner can contain a charge control agent. A colorless one is desirable for color development.
For example, a charge control agent having a quaternary ammonium salt structure or a calix-arene structure are useful.
Carriers, which can be used in combination with the toner to make up a two-component developer, include non-coated carriers composed solely of magnetic particles, such as iron and ferrite, and coated carriers composed of the magnetic particles and a resin coat. Carrier particles preferably have a volume average particle size of 30 to 150 pm.
Color image forming systems to which the color toner of the invention is applicable are not particularly limited.
For example, the color toner is applicable to a system in which a full color image formed on a photoreceptor by successive monochromatic image formation is transferred to a medium or a system in which a monochromatic image formed on a photoreceptor is successively transferred onto an intermediate image holding member to form a full color image, which is then transferred to a medium.
[THERMAL TRANSFER RECORDING MATERIAL]
The thermal transfer recording material according to the present invention is made up of an ink sheet and an image-receiving sheet. The ink sheet comprises a substrate and an ink layer of the azo dye of the invention dispersed in a binder. The image-receiving sheet receives and fixes the dye which is transferred from the ink sheet by the heat of a thermal head according to image recording signals. The ink layer of the ink sheet is prepared by coating the substrate with an ink composition prepared by dissolving the azo dye in a solvent together with the binder or finely dispersing the azo dye in the binder and drying the coating layer. The binder resin, the ink solvent and the substrate to be used to make the ink sheet and the image-receiving sheet to be combined are preferably chosen from those disclosed in JP-A-7-137466.
For full color image formation, a cyan ink sheet having an ink layer containing a thermally diffusing cyan dye, a magenta ink sheet having an ink layer containing a thermally diffusing magenta dye, and a yellow ink sheet having an ink layer containing a thermally diffusing yellow dye are prepared. If desired, a black ink sheet having an ink layer containing a black image-forming material may be used in combination.
[COLOR FILTER]
A color filter is produced by a process comprising forming a pattern by use of a photoresist and dyeing the pattern and a process comprising forming a pattern of a photoresist containing a colorant. The latter process is disclosed in JP-A-4-163552, JP-A-4-128703, and JP-A-4-175753. Either of these processes is applicable to-the production of the color filter according to the present invention. The color filter of the invention is preferably produced by the processes disclosed in JP-A-4-175753 and JP-A-6-35182, which comprise coating a substrate with a positive resist composition comprising a thermosetting resin, a quinonediazide compound, acrosslinking agent, a colorant, and a solvent, exposing the coating layer (photoresist) to light through a mask, developing the exposed area to form a positive resist pattern, exposing the entire resist pattern to light, and curing the resist pattern. A
black matrix is formed in a usual manner to obtain an RGB or YMC color filter. The kinds and amounts of the thermosetting resin, quinonediazide compound, crosslinking agent, and solvent to be used are preferably selected from those disclosed in the above-cited publications.
The present invention provides a method of improving ozone resistance of a color image in ink jet recording on an image-receiving medium having a substrate and an ink-receptive layer containing inorganic white pigment particles formed on the substrate with an ink-jet ink composition, which comprises using the above-described ink composition for ink-jet recording according to the present invention.
The image-receiving medium used in this aspect of the invention is the same as described with respect to the ink jet recording method.
EXAMPLES
The present invention will now be illustrated in greater detail with reference to Examples, but it should be understood that the invention is not deemed to be limited thereto. Unless otherwise noted, all the percents and parts are by weight.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, and deionized water was added to make one liter. The mixture was heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring. If necessary, the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 9 with a 10 mol/l aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide, and the mixture was filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.25 pm to prepare ink composition A.
Formulation of ink composition A:
Azo compound a-26 8.5 g/1 Diethylene glycol 150 g/l Urea 37 g/1 Glycerol 130 g/l Triethylene glycol monobutyl ether 130 g/l Triethanolamine 6.9 g/1 Benzotriazole 0.08 g/l Surfynol 4651 (from Air Products & Chemical, Inc.) 10 g/1 ~ :. .
Proxel XLI 3.5 g/l Ink compositions B to L were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition A, except for replacing compound a-26 with the azo dye shown in Table 10 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions A to L. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 10.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. Ameans "excellent", B "good", and C"poor" .
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co.), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities Ci were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) =[(Ci - Ct) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at everymeasuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained on three measuring points in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70%
or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance A a-26 A A A Invention B a-27 A A A "
C a-28 A A A
D a-29 A A A
E b-5 A A A
F b-8 A A A
G c-2 A A A
H c-3 A A A
I (a) A-B C C Comparison J (b) B-C B C "
K (c) B B C
L (d) A B C
Comparative dye (a):
COOH
HOY N NH
COOH !N. N
OH NH
N=N
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye (b):
(HOH4C2)2NY N~ NHC2H4SO3Na NN
NH
SO3Na N
OH N
NaO3S
Comparative dye (c) O
I N
NaO3S S03Na NH
O NH
NaO3S NH N OH
Comparative dye (d):
AcNH
~ , N. N C4H$S03K
N
CI CI
As is seen from Table 10, the magenta images printed in ink compositions A to H according to the present invention are clearer than those printed in comparative ink compositions I to L. Further, the images printed in ink compositions A
to H were superior in light fastness and ozone resistance.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available from Seiko Epson) was printed on the same ink j et printer (PM-700C) by using ink compositions A to H. Evaluation of the resulting images for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 10.
Preparation of ink sample 201 Azo dye b-1 (oil-soluble dye) (4.83 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g ofhigh-boiling organicsolventS-2 (shown below),5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deionized water while stirring with a magnetic stirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microfluidizer (available from Microfluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emulsion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 140 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (from Air Products &
Chemicals, Inc.j, and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 201.
S-2:
0=HO-0_I
S-11: I
O =P JOCH2CHCH2C - CH3) I I
CH3 CH' Preparation of ink samples 202 to 210 Ink samples 202 to 210 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 201, except for replacing the oil-soluble compound b-i with the oil-soluble azo compound shown in Table 11 below. Table 11 also shows the volume average particle size of the resulting emulsion ink formulations 201 to 210 measured with a particle size analyzer Micro Track UPAa', supplied from Nikkiso Co., Ltd.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 201 to 210. The recorded images were evaluated for hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The comparative ink compositions I to L prepared in Example 1 were also evaluated.
in the same manner. The results obtained are shown in Table 11.
1) Hue A reflection spectrum of the image was measur-ed in a region of 390 to 730 nm at a 10 nm wavelength interval, and a* and b* values were calculated based on the CIE 1976 L*a*b*
color space system. A preferred magenta tone was defined as follows, and the hue of the image was graded on an A-to-C scale according to the following standard.
Preferred a* value: 76 or greater Preferred b* value: -30 to 0 A: Both a* and b* values are within the respective preferred ranges.
B: One of a* and b* values is within its preferred range.
C: Both a* and b* values are out of the respective preferred ranges.
2) Paper independence The tone of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B(poor).
3) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
4) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention on three measuring points was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
5) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 1 were followed.
Sam- Dye Average Hue Paper Water Light Ozone ple Particle Indepen- Resis-t Fast-n Resis-Size (nm) dence ance ess tance 201 a-21 55 A A A A A
202 a-22 48 A A A A A
203 a-23 63 A A A A A
204 a-24 58 A A A A A
205 a-25 70 A A A A A
206 b-1 73 A A A A A
207 b-3 72 A A A A A
208 c-4 53 A A A A A
209 c-5 52 A A A A A
210 e-1 68 A A A A A
I (a) - B B B B C
J (b) - B B B A-B C
K (c) - B B B B C
L (d) - A-B B B A-B C
As is apparent from Table 11, the ink-jet ink compositions according to the present invention are excellent in color developability, paper independence, hue, water resistance, and light fastness.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) with an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc.) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of the ink compositions prepared in Example 2. The results of evaluation of the images were equal to those obtained in Example 2.
Preparation of color toner Three parts of azo dye a-16 and 100 parts of a styrene-acrylate copolymer HIMR TB-1000F, available from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., were ground in a ball mill, kneaded at 150 C, and cooled. The solid was crushed in a Hammer mill, pulverized in an air jet pulverizer, and classified to prepare a toner having a particle size of from 1 to 20 um. The toner was mixed with an iron powder carrier EFV250/400, available from Powdertech Corp., at a weight ratio of 10:90 to prepare .a two-component developer.
Developers were prepared in the same manner, except for replacing 3 parts of azo dye a-16 with 3 parts of the dye shown in Table 12 or 6 parts of the pigment shown in Table 12.
Image formation and evaluation A copy test was carried out using each of the resulting developers on a dry process electrophotographic copying machine NP-5000, supplied by Canon Inc. Paper and OHP sheets were used as image-receiving media to form reflected images and transmitted images, respectively. The amount of the toner attached to the medium was set at 0. 7 0. 05 mg/cm2 . The resulting images were evaluated for hue, light fastness, and transparency (of OHP images) according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 12.
1) Hue Hue was observed and graded in the same manner as in Example 1.
2) Light fastness The toner image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 5 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas), and a dye retention after exposure was calculated in the same manner as in Example 1. An image having a dye retention of 90% or higher was graded A. An image having a dye retention of 80 to 90% was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% was graded C.
3) Transparency The visible light transmittance of the OHP image at 650 nm was measured with an autographic spectrophotometer Model 330 from Hitachi, Ltd. The spectral transmittance (650 nm) of an OHP sheet with no image formed was used for correction.
An image having a spectral transmittance of 80% or higher was graded A. An image having a spectral transmittance of 70 to 80 o was graded B. An image having a spectral transmittance lower than 70% was graded C.
Colorant Hue Light Transparency Fastness Invention a-16 A A A
" a-17 A A A
a-1 A A A
b-2 A A A
Comparison (e) A C A
(f) B B B
C.I. Pigment C A C
Red 57.: 1 " C.I. Pigment C A C
Red 122 Comparative dye (e);
CN AcNH
N, N N= N N (C3H7(iso))2 CI CI
NHC-CH
~) \
Comparative Dye (f) (compound of JP-A-7-209912, Example 1):
S 4~
N
As is apparent from Table 12, the color toners according to the present invention exhibit excellent color reproducibility and high transparency fitfor OHPs. Theref ore, they are suitable for full color reproduction. Having satisfactory light fastness, the toners of the invention are capable of providing images preservable for an extended period of time.
Preparation of thermal transfer ink sheet A coating composition for ink layer having the following formulation was applied with a wire bar coater on a 6 pm thick polyethylene terephthalate film having a heat-resistant slip.
coat on the back side thereof (available from Teijin Ltd.) to a dry thickness of 1.5 pm to prepare a thermal transfer ink sheet 501.
Formulation of coating composition for ink layer:
Azo dye b-2 10 mmol Polyvinyl butyral resin (Denka ButyralT" 5000-A, from Denki Kagaku Kogyo K.K.) 3 g Toluene 40 ml Methyl ethyl ketone 40 ml Polyisocyanate (Takenate D110NT14, from Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 0.2 ml Thermal transfer ink sheets 502 to 505 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sheet 501, except for replacing compound b-2 with the dye compound shown in Table 13 below.
Preparation of thermal transfer image-receiving sheet A coating composition having the following formulation was applied to 150 pm thick synthetic paper YUPO-FPG-150 (available from YUPO Corp.) with a wire bar coater to a dry thickness of 8 pm and dried in an oven at 100 C for 30 minutes to prepare a thermal transfer image-receiving sheet.
Formulation of coating composition for image-receiving layer:
Polyester resin (Vylon 2801, from Toyobo Co., Ltd.) 22 g Polyisocyanate (KP-90, from Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.) 4 g Amino-modified silicone oil (KF-857, from Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) 0.5 g Methyl ethyl ketone 85 ml Toluene 85 ml Cyclohexanone 15 ml Each of the ink sheets 501 to 505 and the image-receiving sheet were superposed on each other with the ink layer and the image-receiving layer faced each other. Thermal transfer recording was conducted by applying heat energy from the ink sheet side with a thermal head under conditions of an output of 0.25 W/dot, a pulse width of 0.15 to 15 msec, and a dot density of 6 dots/mm. The magenta image formed on the image-receiving layer was clear with no transfer unevenness.
The maximum density of the resulting image was measured.
Further, the image on the image-receiving layer was exposed to xenon light (17000 lux) for 5 days. The status A reflection density of the image area having an initial status A reflection density (before exposure) of 1.0 was measured to calculate a dye retention percentage to evaluate light fastness of the dye. The results obtained are shown in Table 13.
Dye-donating Dye Maximum Light Fastness Remark sheet Density (o) 501 b-2 1.8 91 Invention 502 b-6 1.7 89 "
503 a-16 1.6 92 "
504 a-19 1.6 90 "
504 (g) 1.8 52 Comparison Comparative dye (g):
H3C N=N O NO2 N~, N OH
As can be seen from Table 13, the thermal transfer recording materials containing the azo dyes of the present .invention provide transfer images having a clear hue and higher light fastness than the comparative materials.
Preparation of positive resist composition A positive resist composition was prepared from the following components.
Thermosetting resin: cresol novolak resin obtained from m-cresol/p-cresol/formaldehyde (molar ratio=5/5/7.5); average molecular weight on polystyrene conversion: 4300 3.4 parts Quinonediazide compound: o-naphthoquinonediazide 5-sulfonate (with an average of two hydroxyl groups esterified) prepared from a phenol compound of formula:
OH
H
1.8 parts Crosslinking agent: hexamethoxymethylolated melamine 0.8 part Solvent: ethyl lactate 20 parts Magenta dye of the invention (see Table 14) 1 part Preparation of color filter The positive resist composition was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating and heated to evaporate the solvent.
The photoresist layer thus formed was exposed to light through a mask by use of an i-line stepper LD-5010-i (NA=0. 40) , supplied by Hitachi, Ltd., to decompose the quinonediazide compound in the exposed areas. The exposed photoresist was heated to 100 C and then developed with an alkaline developer SOPD or SOPD-B available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. to remove the exposed areas to obtain a mosaic color pattern having a resolution of 0. 8 pm. The entire area of the pattern was exposed to light and heated at 150 C for 15 minutes to obtain a magenta color filter for subtractive color reproduction.
Preparation of comparative color filter A positive resist composition was prepared in the same manner as described above, except for replacing the magenta dye of the invention with a comparative magenta dye, Orasol Pink from Ciba-Geigy, Ltd. The resulting positive resist composition was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating, followed by heating to evaporate the solvent. The silicon wafer was imagewise exposed to light, developed with an alkaline developer to form a positive color pattern having a resolution of 1 um, which was entirely exposed to light and heated at 150 C for 10 minutes to obtain a comparative magenta color filter.
Evaluation The absorption characteristics and light fastness of the resulting color filters were evaluated as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 14.
1) Absorption characteristics The transmission spectrum of each magenta color filter was measured, and the spectra were compared in terms of sharpness of the slope on the shorter and the longer wavelength sides.
A color filter with a sharp slope on both sides was graded A. A color filter with a sharp slope on one of the sides was graded B. A color filter with no sharpness on either side was graded C.
2) Light fastness The color filter was exposed to xenon light (85000 lux) in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas) for 7 days. The light fastness was evaluated from the dye retention (%) after the exposure. The results obtained are shown in Table 14.
Dye Absorption Light Characteristics Fastness ( s) Invention a-16 A 92 " b-2 A 88 " e-3 A 87 " e-5 A 85 Comparison Orasol B 67 Pink It is apparent from Table 14 that the color filters prepared by using the azo dyes of the present invention show steep slopes on both the shorter and the longer wavelength sides to ensure excellent color reproducibility and excellent light fastness as compared with the comparative filter.
Containing a novel dye exhibiting excellent absorption characteristics as one of three primaries andsufficientfastness against light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment, the coloring composition of the present invention is capable of providing color images or coloring materials excellent in hue and fastness. The coloring composition is particularly suited in the preparation of printing inks such as ink-jet ink, ink sheets of thermal transfer recording materials, color toners for electrophotography, color filters to be used in displays such as LCDs and PDPs and solid-state image sensors such as CCDs, and dye baths for textile.
The ink-jet ink composition comprising the coloring composition and the ink jet recording method using the ink-jet ink composition provide images with a satisfactory hue and resistance against light and active gases in the environment, particularly ozone gas.
The thermal transfer recording materials prepared by using the coloring composition provide color transfer images with a clear hue and excellent light fastness.
The color toners prepared by using the coloring composition provide toner images which exhibit high light fastness, excellent color reproducibility, and high transparency for OHPs.
The color filters prepared by using the coloring composition are excellent in color reproducibility and light fastness.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 2-A.
Formulation of ink composition 2-A:
Azo compound 2-a-6 5 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 2 parts Water 70 parts Ink compositions 2-B to 2-L were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 2-A, except for replacing compound 2-a-6 with the azo dye shown in Table 2-6 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an.
ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 2-A to 2-L. The resulting image wasevaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 2-6.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite"' 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65TI4, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) =[(Ci - Cf) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24hours. The image density after the ozone exposure was measured with X-Rite 310TR at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2.0 to obtain a dye retention according to the same equation as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance 2-A 2-a-6 A A A Invention 2-B 2-a-7 A A A "
2-C 2-a-8 A A A
2-D 2-a-9 A A A
2-E 2-b-1 A A A
2-F 2-b-4 A A A
2-G 2-c-1 A A A
2-H 2-c-3 A A A
2-I (2-a) A-B C C Comparison 2-J (2-b) B-C B C "
2-K (2-c) B B C "
2-L (2-d) A B C
Comparative dye (2-a):
COOH
HOYN~NH
I
COOH I N N
~
Oti NH
N=N
NaO S Zzzztl 3 SO3Na Comparative dye (2-b):
(HOH4C2)2NY N~ NHC2H4SO3Na NYN
INH
SO3Na OH N
NaO3S
Comparative dye (2-c):
O
N
NaO3S
SO3Na NH
O NH / N
~ I
NaO3S NH N OH
Comparative dye (2-d):
AcNH
CN ~ ~ r C2H5 N _ N
N~ ' N~ 'C4HeS03K
N
CI '~~ CI
As is seen from Table 2-6, the magenta images printed in ink compositions 2-A to 2-H according to the present invention are clearer than those printed in comparative ink compositions 2-I to 2-L. Further, the images printed in ink compositions 2-A to 2-H were superior in light fastness and ozone resistance.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available f rom Se i ko Epson ) was printed on the same ink j et printer ( PM-700C ) by usingink compositions 2-Ato 2-H. Evaluation ofthe resulting images for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 2-6.
Containing a novel dye exhibiting excellent absorption characteristics for hue and color reproduction as one of three primaries and suf f icient fastness against light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment, the coloring composition of the present invention is capable of providing color images or coloring materials excellent in hue and fastness. The coloring composition is particularly suited in the preparation of printing inks such as ink-jet ink and dye baths for textile.
The ink-jet ink composition comprising the coloring composition and the ink jet recording method using the ink-jet ink composition provide images with a satisfactory hue and resistance against light and active gases in the environment, particularly ozone gas.
Synthesis of compound 3-12 A mixture of 0.13 g (0.6 mmol) of 2-amino-4,5-dicyano-l-ethoxycarbonylmethylimidazole, 0.8 ml of acetic acid, and 1.2 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.26 g (0.5 mmol) of 2, 6-bis (4-octylanilino) -3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture.
After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate (including compound 3-5) thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. The crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to give compound 3-12.
~max = 510 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 755 Synthesis of Compound 3-15 A mixture of 0.13 g (0.6 mmol) of 2-amino-4,5-dicyano-l-ethoxycarbonylmethylimidazole, 0.8 ml of acetic acid, and 1.2 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.25 g (0.5 mmol) of 2, 6-bis (4-octylanilino) -4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the reaction mixture was allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. The crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to yield compound 3-15.
Ama, = 528 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 730 Synthesis of compound 3-35 A mixture of 0.16 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-1-t-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-phenyltriazole, 0.6 ml of acetic acid, and 0.9 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.26 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower.
The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. Recrystallization from acetonitrile gave 0.15 g(3'7%) of compound 3-35.
)~max = 493 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 810 Synthesis of compound 3-37 A mixture of 0.16 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-1-t-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-phenyltriazole, 0.6 ml of acetic acid, and 0.9 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g(0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.25 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-3-carbamoyl-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower.
The diazonium salt was put into the mixture. After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic matter was extracted with ethyl acetate.
The resulting crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to yield compound 3-37.
Ama, = 507 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 828 Synthesis of compound 3-38 A mixture of 0.16 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-l-t-butoxycarbonylmethyl-3-phenyltriazole, 0.6 ml of acetic acid, and 0.9 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.27 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. Thediazonium salt was put into the mixture. After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic matter was extracted with ethyl acetate. The resulting crude crystals were purified by column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to afford compound 3-38.
~max = 511 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 785 Preparation of ink-jet ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 3-A.
Formulation of ink composition 3-A:
Compound 3-21 5 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 3-B to 3-D were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 3-A, except for replacing compound 3-21 with the azo compound shown in Table 3-5 below. Comparative ink compositions 3-E to 3-H were also prepared in the same manner but using the following comparative dyes (3-a) to (3-d) :
Comparative dye (3-a):
COOH
HOY, Ny NH ~
N ~N I /
- COOH
OH NH
N=N
I
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye (3-b):
(HOH4C2)2NN y NHC2H4SO3Na NIYN
INH
H
. ~ , SO3Na OH N' NaO3S
Comparative dye (3-c):
O
NaO3S
\ I \ l f /
NH S03Na O NH / ' N~N
~ ~ ~
Na03S NH N OH
Comparative dye (3-d):
nC4Hy H3C CN
NC N
~ '>-N=N NHCH2CH2CH2SO3K
NC N _N
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 3-A to 3-H. The resulting image was evaluated for light fastness and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 3-5.
1) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5; and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) (Ci - Cf) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at everymeasuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
2) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance 3-A 3-21 A A Invention 3-B 3-23 A A "
3-C 3-44 A A "
3-D 3-46 A A "
3-E 3-a C C Comparison 3-F 3-b B C
3-G 3-c B C
3-H 3-d A-B B "
As is seen from Table 3-5, the magenta images printed in ink compositions 3-A to 3-D are superior to those printed in ink compositions 3-E to 3-H in light fastness and ozone resistance. In addition, the dyes according to the invention have absorption spectra with a steep slope on the shorter and .the longer wavelength sides, exhibiting excellent color reproducibility, as compared with the comparative dyes.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available f rom Sei ko Epson ) was printed on the same ink j et printer ( PM-700C ) by using ink compositions 3-A to 3-D. Evaluation of the resulting images for light fastness and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 3-5.
Preparation of in sample 3-101 (emulsion ink) Azo compound 3-12 (oil-soluble dye) (5. 63 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g of high-boiling organic solvent 3-S-2 (shown below), 5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent 3-S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deionized water whilestirring with a magneticstirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microfluidizer (available from Microfluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emulsion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 140 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (available fromAir Products & Chemicals, Inc.), and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 3-101.
Preparation of ink samples 3-102 to 3-105 Ink samples 3-102 to 3-105 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 3-101, except for replacing the oil-soluble compound 3-12 with the oil-soluble compound shown in Table 3-6 below. Comparative ink samples 3-106 to 3-107 were prepared in the same manner, except for using the following comparative dyes (3-e) and (3-f).
Comparative dye (3-e):
NC nC4H9 N
~ i~-N=N
N N
HN~
Comparative dye (3-f):
t=N-? NH-0 -N
3-5-2:
0= O
3-S-11:
0=P O-CH2 i HCH2 i CH3 Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 3-101 to 3-107. The recorded images were evaluated for paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 3-6.
1) Paper independence The hue of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers (PPCs) were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B(poor).
2) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
3) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
4) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 13 (water-based ink) were followed.
Sample Dye Paper Water Light Ozone Independ- Resis-t Fast-n Resis-ta ence ance ess nce 3-106 3-e B B B C
3-107 3-f B B B B
As is apparent from the results in Table 3-6, the ink-jet ink compositions according to the present invention are excellent in paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone gas resistance. Further, the dyes according to the invention have absorption spectra with a steep slope on the shorter and the longer wavelength sides, exhibiting excellent color reproducibility, as compared with the comparative dyes.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) with an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc.) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of the ink compositions prepared in Example 14, and the printed images were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 13. The results of evaluation of the images were equal to those obtained in Example 13.
The novel dye compound of the present invention exhibits excellent absorption characteristics. The image forming materials containing the compound of the invention have suf f icient f astness against light, heat, humidity, and oxidizing gases in the environment.
Synthesis of compound 4-5 A mixture of 0.1 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-2-ethylthio-1, 3, 4-thiadiazole, 0.4 ml of acetic acid, and 0. 6 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g (0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.26 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4'-octylanilino)-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture.
After the addition, the reaction mixture was allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. The crude crystals were recrystallized from acetonitrile to give0.2 g (57%) of compound 4-5.
AmaX = 517 nm (DMF solution) E = 41300 m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 697 Synthesis of Compound 4-8 A mixture of 0.084 g (0.6 mmol) of 5-amino-4-cyano-3-methylisothiazole, 0.4 ml of acetic acid, and 0. 6 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.19 g(0.66 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.27 g (0.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octylanilino)-3-carbamoyl-4-methylpyridine, 0.8 g of sodium acetate, 4.5 ml of DMF, and 2 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower.
The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the reaction mixture was al,lowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction.
The crude crystals were recrystallized from methanol to give 0.19 g (55%) of compound 4-8.
X. = 563 nm (DMF solution) E = 47700 m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 693 Synthesis of compound 4-13 A mixture of 0.44 g (2.1 mmol) of 2-amino-5-carboethoxy-3-cyano-4-methylthiophene, 2.8 ml of acetic acid, and 4.2 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.64 g (2.3 mmol) of 45 o nitrosylsulfuric acidwas addedthereto, followedby stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 1 g (2 mmol) of 2,6-bis(4-octyYanilino)-4-methylpyridine, 4 ml of N,N-dimethylacetamide, and 2 ml of picoline were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture, and the system was allowed to react at the same temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitate thus formed was collected by filtration by suction. Recrystallization from acetonitrile gave 1.4 g (97%) of compound 4-13.
X. = 592 nm (DMF solution) e = 40000 m/z (FAB-MS, positive ion mode) = 722 Synthesis of compound 4-14 A mixture of 0.25 g (1.8 mmol) of 5-amino-4-cyano-3-methylisothiazole, 1.2 ml of acetic acid, and 1. 8 ml of propionic acid was stirred at an inner temperature of 0 C or lower, and 0.6 g (1.98 mmol) of 45% nitrosylsulfuric acid was added thereto. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes to form a diazonium salt.
In a separate flask, 0.54 g-(1.5 mmol) of 2,6-bis(2',4',6'-trimethylanilino)-3-cyano-4-methylpyridine, 2.4 g of sodium acetate, 13.5 ml of DMF, and 6 ml of ethyl acetate were stirred and cooled to an inner temperature of 0 C or lower. The diazonium salt was put into the mixture.
After the addition, the reaction mixture was further allowed to react at the same temperature for 2 hours. Thirty milliliters of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitate thus formed was collected by suction filtration. The resulting crude crystals were purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate) to yield 0.05 g(55a) of compound 4-14.
Ama, = 529 nm (DMF solution) m/z (FAB-MS, negative ion mode) = 509 Preparation of ink-jet ink composition The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 4-A.
Formulation of ink composition 4-A:
Compound 4-2 5 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 4-B to 4-D were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 4-A, except for replacing compound 4-2 with the azo compound shown in Table 4-6 below. Comparative ink compositions 4-E to 4-H were also prepared in the same manner but using the following comparative dyes (4-a) to (4-d) :
Comparative dye (4-a):
COOH
HO 1' /NYNH ~
C~_COOH N" NI I ~
OH NH
N=N
X
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye (4-b):
(HOH4C2)2N"I," N y NHC2H4SO3Na NYN
INH
S03Na OH N N
NaO3S
Comparative dye (4-c):
O
cCH3 NH S03Na O NH NN
NaO3S NH N OH
Comparative dye (4-d) (disclosed in EP1066341):
r-~ SO3K
1\
N-N
HO S S /-' N N _ N
~ '11-~
O HN~r Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 4-A to 4-H. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 4-6.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) (Ci - Cf) /Ci] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-0l, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Remark Fastness Resistance 4-A 4-2 A A A Invention 4-E 4-a A-B C C
4-F 4-b B-C B C Comparison 4-G 4-c B B B "
4-H 4-d A-B B C
As is seen from Table 4-6, the magenta images printed in ink-compositions 4-A to 4-D are superior to those printed in ink compositions 4-E to 4-H in hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available fromSeiko Epson) was printed on the same ink jet printer (PM-700C) by using ink compositions 4-A to 4-D. The resulting images 1.0 were evaluated for hue and light fastness in the same manner as in Example 20. The results obtained are equal to those shown in Table 4-6.
Preparation of emulsion inks (sample 4-101) Azo compound 4-5 (oil-soluble dye) (5. 63 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g of high-boiling organic solvent 4-S-2 (shown below) , 5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent 4-S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deionized water while stirring with a magneticstirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microfluidizer (available from Microfluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emulsion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 140 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (available fromAir Products & Chemicals, Inc.), and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 4-101.
Preparation of ink samples 4-102 to 4-105 Ink samples 4-102 to 4-105 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 4-101, except for replacing compound 4-5 with the compound shown in Table 4-7 below. Comparative ink samples 4-106 to 4-107 were prepared in the same manner, except for using the following comparative dyes (4-e) and (4-f) .
Comparative dye (4-e):
N-N
Et S~S>-NN
~ HNy ~
O
Comparative dye (4-f):
~ S.
~ I i}--N=N NHCH2CH20CH3 Br N N
4-S-2:
0=P O ~I f 4-S-11:
0=P O-CH2CHCH~CH3 Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 4-101 to 4-107. The recorded images were evaluated for hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 4-7.
1) Hue A reflection spectrum of the image was measured in a region of 390 to 730 nm at a 10 nm wavelength interval, and a* and b* values were calculated based on the CIE 1976 L*a*b*
color space system. A preferred magenta tone was defined as follows, and the hue of the image was graded on an A-to-C scale according to the following standard.
Preferred a* value: 76 or greater Preferred b* value: -30 to 0 A: Both a* and b* values are within the respective preferred ranges.
B: One of a* and b* values is within its preferred range.
C: Both a* and b* values are out of the respective preferred ranges.
2) Paper independence The hue of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers (PPCs) were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B(poor) 3) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
4) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention on three points (initial reflection density: 1, 1.5 or 2.0) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 20. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
5) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 20 (water-based ink) were followed.
Sampl Dye Paper. Water Light Ozone e Resis-t Fast- Resis-ta Hue Independ ance ness nce -ence 4-106 4-e B B B B C
4-107 4-f C C B B C
As is apparent from the results in Table 4-7, the ink-jet ink compositions according to the present invention are excellent in hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone gas resistance.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) with an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc.) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of the ink compositions prepared in Example 21, and the printed images were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 20. The results of evaluation were equal to those obtained in Example 20.
The novel dye compound of the present invention exhibit excellent absorption characteristics for hue and color reproduction as one of three primaries. The image forming materials containing the compound.of the invention have sufficient fastnessagainst light, heat, humidity, and oxidizing gases in the environment.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 5-A.
Formulation of ink composition 5-A:
Compound 5-137 (dye) 4 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 5-B to 5-H were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 5-A, except for replacing compound 5-137 with the azo compound shown in Table 5-6 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 5-A to 5-H. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, ozone resistance, and water resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 5-6.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 10 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (%) =[(Ci - Cf) /C;,] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at everymeasuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 7 days. A dye retention (%) after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. The measurement was made on three points whose initial density (Ci) was 1, 1.5 or 2Ø The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70%
or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
4) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water at 20 C for 10 minutes and dried spontaneously. The image density was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR before and after the immersion treatment at three density points (Ci = 1, 1.5 or 2.0). A dye retention after immersion was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness. Measurement was made at 20 points for each Ci to obtain an average for each Ci, and an average dye retention for the three initial densities was calculated. Animage having an average dye retention of 80% or higher was graded A. An image having a dye retention of 70% or more and less than 80%
was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70%
for every initial density was graded C.
The oxidation potential of the dye compounds tested was measured with DC Polarographic Analyzer P-100 using an N,N-dimethylformamide solution containing 0.1 mol=dm-3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm-3 of a dye compound and a graphite electrode as a working electrode. The results obtained are also shown in Table 5-6.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Oxidation Remark Fastness Resistance Potential 5-A 5-137 A A A-B +1.44 Invention 5-B 5-143 A A A +1.40 5-C 5-145 A A A +1.36 5-D 5-148 A A A +1.46 5-E 5-107 A A A-B *1.25 5-F 5-a A A B +1.33 Compariso n 5-G 5-b A-B C C +0.65 5-H 5-c B-C B C +0.70 Comparative dye 5-a:
tCqHa CN H3C H3C
N,N~ N=N \ ~ N CH3 N N
S_ ',N HN H3C S
02g, _ HN ~ ~
Comparative dye 5-b:
OH
N '~, N
\ ~
COOH 'k OH HNION N
N=N , H COOH
NaO3S SO3Na Comparative dye 5-c:
N(C2HaOH)2 I
HN NNHC2H4SO3Na SO3Na OH N, N
~ NH2 NaO3S \ ( As shown in Table 5-6, the magenta images printed in ink compositions 5-A to 5-F are clearer and more excellent in light fastness and ozone resistance than those printed in ink compositions 5-G and 5-H. The images printed in ink compositions 5-A to 5-F are superior to the images printed with ink compositions 5-G and 5-H in light fastness and ozone resistance.
The images printed in ink compositions 5-A to 5-E
according to the invention were superior to the image printed in ink composition 5-F in terms of ozone resistance, proving the preference of the specific azo compound of the invention which contains at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5. The image obtained with ink composition 5-E is slightly inferior in ozone resistance to the images obtained with ink compositi.ons 5-A to 5-D, proving the preference of the azo compounds having at least one substituent having a pKa value of -10 to 5 on each side of the azo group. Thecomparison between the images obtained with ink compositions 5-B to 5-D
and those obtained with ink compositions 5-A and 5-E in terms of ozone gas resistance reveals the preference of having three or more substituents whose pKa value is -10 to 5.
Comparing ink compositions 5-A to 5-F in terms of water resistance and ozone resistance, it is seen that images with higher water resistance exhibit higher ozone resistance, proving that ozone resistance is improved where the dye compound is firmly fixed to a desired position on the medium through a mordanting action.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available from Seiko Epson) was printed on the same ink jet printer (PM-700C) by using ink compositions 5-Ato 5-H. Evaluation of the resulting images for hue, light fastness, ozone resistance, and water resistance gave the same results as in Table 5-6.
The present invention provides various coloring compositions, such as an ink-jet ink composition, which provide a color image or a coloring material excellent in hue, water resistance, and fastness by using a novel azo compound having excellent absorption characteristics for color reproduction as one of three primaries, excellent water resistance, and sufficient fastness against light, heat, humidity, and active gases in the environment. The present invention provides an ink-jet ink composition and an ink jet recording method capable of forming an image with a satisfactory hue, excellent water resistance, and high fastness to light and active gases in the environment, especially ozone gas. The present invention also provides a method of improving ozone resistance of a color image in ink jet recording.
Preparation of water-based ink The following components were mixed, heated at 30 to 40 C for 1 hour while stirring, and filtered under pressure through a microfilter with an average pore size of 0.8 pm and a diameter of 47 mm to prepare ink composition 6-A.
Formulation of ink composition 6-A:
Compound 6-(38) 4 parts Diethylene glycol 9 parts Tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether 9 parts Glycerol 7 parts Diethanolamine 1 part Water 70 parts Ink compositions 6-B to 6-F were prepared in the same manner as for ink composition 6-A, except for replacing compound 6-(38) with the azo compound shown in Table 6-1 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Super Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) on an ink jet printer (PM-700C, available from Seiko Epson Corp.) by using each of ink compositions 6-A to 6-F. The resulting image was evaluated for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance as follows. The results obtained are shown in Table 6-i.
1) Hue The hue was observed with the naked eye and graded on an A-to-C scale. A means "excellent", B "good", and C "poor".
2) Light fastness The image density immediately after recording (initial density: Ci) was measured with a reflection densitometer X-Rite 310TR. After the image was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 7 days in a weather-o-meter (Atlas Ci65, from Atlas Electric Devices Co. ), the image density (Cf) was again measured at three points whose initial densities were 1, 1.5, and 2Ø
A dye retention (%) was calculated from equation:
Dye retention (~) (Ci - Cf) jCi] x 100 An image having a dye retention of 80% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 80% at every point was graded C.
3) Ozone resistance The image immediately after recording was left to stand in a chamber having an ozone gas concentration of 0.5 ppm for 24 hours. A dye retention after exposure to ozone was obtained in the same manner as for evaluation of light fastness on measuring points whose initial density was 1, 1.5 or 2Ø The ozone concentration in the chamber was set with an ozone gas monitor (OZG-EM-01, available from Applics Co., Ltd.). An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
The oxidation potential, the maximum absorption wavelength, and the half-value width of the absorption spectrum of the dyes were measured as follows. The results obtained are also shown in Table 6-1.
4) Oxidation potential (Eo,) Oxidation potential measurement was made with Polarographic Analyzer P-100 using a DMF solution containing 0. 1 mol=dm-3 of tetrapropylammonium perchlorate as a supporting electrolyte and 1 x 10-3 mol=dm"3 of a dye compound and a graphite electrode as a working electrode and an SCE as a reference electrode.
5) Maximum absorption wavelength and half-value width A solution of the dye compound in DMF at a concentration of about 5 x 10-5 mol=dm-3 was prepared. An absorption spectrum was measured in a wavelength range of 200. nm to 900 nm with a spectrophotometertN-VIS Recording Spectrophotometer UV-260 (supplied by Shimadzu Corp.) by using quartz cells having an optical path length of 1 cm.
Ink Dye Hue Light Ozone Eox A,,,ax Half-value Remark Fastnes Resistanc (vs SCE) (nm) Width (nm) s e 6-A 6-(38) A A A +1.36 557 73 Invention 6-B 6-(20) A A A +1.15 538 86 "
6-c 6-(11) B A A +1.12 541 97 6-D 6-(39) A A A +1.37 560 76 6-E 6-a B C C +0.65 549 86 Comparison 6-F 6-b B B C +0.70 528 96 Comparative dye (6-a):
H
cO,H ~ ~
~ H HN N N
\ N=N ~ ~ H CQ,H
HaQ3S SO, Na Comparative dye (6-b):
N(C,H1OH)2 "'', N
~ I
HN" _N NHC,H,SO,Na SOaNa OH N' N
NH, NaO3S
As is seen from Table 6-1, ink compositions 6-A to 6-D containing a compound whose oxidation potential is nobler than 1.0 V (vs. SCE) and whose maximum absorption wavelength is between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or smallerprovide magenta images superior in hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance to the images printed in ink composition 6-E or 6-F.
Further, super fine glossy paper (MJA4S3P, available fromSeikoEpson) was printed on the same inkjet printer (PM-700C) by usingink compositions 6-Ato6-D. Evaluation of the resulting images for hue, light fastness, and ozone resistance gave satisfactory results similar to those shown in Table 6-1.
Preparation of-ink sample 6-201 Azo compound 6-(33) (oil-soluble dye) (5.63 g) and 7.04 g of sodium dioctylsulfosuccinate were dissolved in a mixture of 4.22 g of high-boiling organic solvent 6-S-2 (shown below), 5.63 g of high-boiling organic solvent 6-S-11 (shown below), and 50 ml of ethyl acetate at 70 C. To the solution was added 500 ml of deioni zed water while stirring with a magnetic stirrer to prepare an oil-in-water coarse dispersion, which was passed through Microf luidizer (available fromMicrofluidics Inc.) under a pressure of 600 bar five times. The solvent was removed from the resulting emulsion on a rotary evaporator until no smell of ethyl acetate was felt. The resulting fine emul s ion of the hydrophobic dye was mixed with 14 0 g of diethylene glycol, 50 g of glycerol, 7 g of Surfynol 465 (available from Air Products & Chemicals, Inc. ), and 900 ml of deionized water to prepare ink sample 6-101.
6-S-2:
0=P--0/ \ ~
CH~
6-S-11:
~
O=P--~-OCH, ~HCNa~CHa ~
(H, CH3 3 Preparation of ink samples 6-202 to 6-208 Ink samples 6-202 to 6-208 were prepared in the same manner as for ink sample 6-201, except for replacing the oil-soluble compound 6- (33) with the oil-soluble compound shown in Table 6-2 below.
Image recording and evaluation An image was recorded on photo glossy paper (Ink Jet Paper Photo Grade, available from Fuji Photo Film) on an ink jet printer (PM-700 from Seiko Epson) by using each of ink samples 6-201 to 6-208. The recorded images were evaluated for hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance according to the following methods. The results obtained are shown in Table 6-2.
1) Hue A reflection spectrum of the image was measured in a region of 390 to 730 nm at a 10 nm wavelength interval, and a* and b* values were calculated based on the CIE 1976 L*a*b*
color space system. A preferred magenta tone was defined as follows, and the hue of the image was graded on an A-to-C scale according to the following standard.
Preferred a* value: 76 or greater Preferred b* value: -30 to 0 A: Both a* and b* values are within the respective preferred ranges.
B: One of a* and b* values is within its preferred range.
C: Both a* and b* values are out of the respective preferred ranges.
2) Paper independence The hue of the image formed on the photo glossy paper and that of an image separately formed on paper for plain paper copiers (PPCs) were compared. A small difference between the two, which indicates small paper dependence, was graded A
(satisfactory), and a large difference was graded B (poor).
3) Water resistance The photo glossy paper having an image formed thereon was dried at room temperature for 1 hour, then soaked in water for 30 seconds, and dried spontaneously at room temperature.
Feathering of the ink image was observed, and water resistance of the ink was graded A (no feathering) , B (slight feathering) or C (considerable feathering).
4) Light fastness The image formed on the photo glossy paper was exposed to xenon light (85,000 lux) for 3 days in a weather-o-meter (Ci65 from Atlas). A dye retention was obtained in the same manner as in Example 24. An image having a dye retention of 70% or higher at every measuring point was graded A. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at one or two out of three points was graded B. An image having a dye retention lower than 70% at every point was graded C.
4) Ozone resistance The same test method and grading system as used in Example 24 were followed.
The oxidation potential and the Amax and the half-value width of absorption spectrum of the dye compounds used were measured in the same manner as in Example 24. The results are also shown in Table 6-2.
. ~
~>~
ro ~ ri t- r-4 oo uO rn to to .1-- oo [- 00 oJ r al ao Ol w +J
-1 'CS
ro -4 x i1'n ao N-r lo r- rn ao l0 u~ ls7 ~r if) a' V~ N
.G ~ ~(l tf) tf) V) Ln tf') tf) N
U OJ N I'- lD Ul Ul O
x U] C' M C' M M ~-i l4 l~
o .
W =.-~ '-i ri .-I r-1 rt O O
V1 + -4- + + + + + -F-U
ro o y FC ~C KC FC ~ t~ U
N_ O N
Q) N (11 U) W ZT 4J~C FC FC rSi Qi 0] ~1 CA
.,..1 N
U
N
4) ro -P RC FC rC r~ FC t~f m cq lv U
~
~4 ~ ~C ~C ~C ~C ~C Q CA W
~
~
1-i N
~ FC Ft'. FC ~C ~Ci LYa P7 Q3 ~ ch a ~n ~n M ro A
Q 1 1 1 1 1 ~D l0 tD 'o T-4 cv m c vO to r o0 x o O O o 0 o a CD
>r N N N N N N N N
lfl l0 ~D 0 ~O lfl W l0 As is apparent from the results in Table 6-2, samples 6-201 to 6-206 containing the compound whose oxidationpotential is nobler than 1.0 V (vs. SCE) and whose maximum absorption wavelength is between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or smaller provide magenta images superior in hue, paper independence, water resistance, light fastness, and ozone resistance to the images printed in samples 6-207 or 6-208.
Ink jet printing was carried out on photo glossy paper GP-301 (available from Canon Inc.) using an ink jet printer BJ-F850 (from Canon Inc. ) loaded with an ink cartridge filled with each of samples prepared in Example 25, and the printed images were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 25.
The results of evaluation of the images were equal to those obtained in Example 25.
The present invention establishes a method of providing a color image or a coloring material excellent in hue and fastness to weather, particularly ozone gas, by using a coloring composition, such as an ink composition or an ink-jet ink composition, which contains a compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V vs. SCE and showing a maximum absorption at a wavelength between 500 nm and 580 nm with a half-value width of 150 nm or narrower.
Claims (3)
1. A coloring composition which comprises an azo compound having an oxidation potential nobler than 1.0 V
vs. SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
vs. SCE and comprising at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
2. The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the azo compound is represented by formula (5-I):
Het(A5)-N=N-Het(B5) (5-I) wherein Het (A5) represents a substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; and Het (B5) represents a heterocyclic ring represented by formula (5-II):
wherein A51 and A52 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that they do not represent a nitrogen atom simultaneously; R54 and R55 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydroxyl group; R56, R57, R58, and R59 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; provided that formula (5-I) has at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
Het(A5)-N=N-Het(B5) (5-I) wherein Het (A5) represents a substituted 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; and Het (B5) represents a heterocyclic ring represented by formula (5-II):
wherein A51 and A52 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom provided that they do not represent a nitrogen atom simultaneously; R54 and R55 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydroxyl group; R56, R57, R58, and R59 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; provided that formula (5-I) has at least two substituents having a pKa value of -10 to 5 in water.
3. An ink-jet ink composition comprising the coloring composition according to claim 1.
Applications Claiming Priority (15)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2001110335A JP2002309116A (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2001-04-09 | Azo compound, colored composition, ink composition, and ink jet recording method |
JP2001110457 | 2001-04-09 | ||
JP2001110334A JP4530570B2 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2001-04-09 | Method for improving fastness of ozone gas in colored images |
JP2001-110333 | 2001-04-09 | ||
JP2001110333A JP4406515B2 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2001-04-09 | Azo compound, coloring composition, ink composition, and ink jet recording method |
JP2001-110334 | 2001-04-09 | ||
JP2001-110457 | 2001-04-09 | ||
JP2001-110335 | 2001-04-09 | ||
JP2001-237903 | 2001-08-06 | ||
JP2001237903A JP2003049100A (en) | 2001-08-06 | 2001-08-06 | Color composition for image forming, ink for ink jet recording and method for ink jet recording |
JP2001-254878 | 2001-08-24 | ||
JP2001254878A JP4397551B2 (en) | 2001-08-24 | 2001-08-24 | Coloring composition, inkjet ink composition, inkjet recording method, and method for improving ozone gas fastness |
JP2002-012015 | 2002-01-21 | ||
JP2002012015A JP4666873B2 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-01-21 | Coloring composition for image formation, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, heat-sensitive recording material, color toner, and color filter |
CA002439113A CA2439113C (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-04-08 | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002439113A Division CA2439113C (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-04-08 | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2616942A1 true CA2616942A1 (en) | 2002-10-24 |
Family
ID=39367115
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002616944A Abandoned CA2616944A1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-04-08 | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image |
CA002616942A Abandoned CA2616942A1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-04-08 | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002616944A Abandoned CA2616944A1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-04-08 | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CA (2) | CA2616944A1 (en) |
-
2002
- 2002-04-08 CA CA002616944A patent/CA2616944A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-04-08 CA CA002616942A patent/CA2616942A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2616944A1 (en) | 2002-10-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2439113C (en) | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image | |
AU2002244971A1 (en) | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image | |
US7572911B2 (en) | Azo compound and process of producing the same, and novel compound and process of producing azo compounds using the same | |
US7648943B2 (en) | Azo dye, ink jet recording ink, heat sensitive recording material, color toner, color filter, ink jet recording method, ink cartridge and ink jet printer | |
US6878196B2 (en) | Ink, ink jet recording method and azo compound | |
JP4666873B2 (en) | Coloring composition for image formation, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, heat-sensitive recording material, color toner, and color filter | |
US7037365B2 (en) | Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer and recording method | |
EP1388579B1 (en) | Ink, ink-jet-recording method and bis-azo compound | |
JP6375449B2 (en) | Compound, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter | |
AU2003223116B2 (en) | Coloring composition and inkjet recording method | |
US20070070160A1 (en) | Coloring composition and inkjet recording ink composition | |
CA2616942A1 (en) | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image | |
AU2007231841A1 (en) | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image | |
JP6402254B2 (en) | Compound, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter | |
CN100406525C (en) | Coloring composition for image formation and method for improving ozone resistance of color image | |
JP2007297632A (en) | Coloring composition for image formation, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, thermal recording material, color toner and color filter | |
JP2005154544A (en) | Pigment, ink, inkjet recording method, ink sheet, color toner and color filter each using the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Dead |